ELTAKO

19492009
YEARS OF INNOVATION
Products and prices 2010
Switchgear, power supply units and electronic energy meters for installation in buildings and use in control technology
Switching on the future
Pictograms
The performance of our switchgear has become so complex that we have devised pictograms to depict technical features of particular importance.
Minimized standby loss of electronic devices supports international efforts to reduce energy consumption. 98% of the switchgear and power supply units produced by ELTAKO have a standby loss of less than 0.6 watt.
No standby loss: this has always been a feature of electromechanical switchgear. Now some of our electronic switchgear devices have this capability too.
Bistable switching relays help electronic switchgear to reduce heating and current consumption. This prolongs lifetime and reduces or avoids standby loss. After installation the short automatic synchronization in the Off position is carried out, partly at initial operation.
The universal control voltage 8 to 253V, AC 50-60 Hz and 10 to 230V DC, covers the commonly used control voltage range with one device only. We use the international abbreviation UC (universal current).
Impulse switches for central control offer important basic functions, even if they are not used for central control. In order to reduce the type variety ELTAKO offers them partially only completely equipped with additional control inputs central on/off.
Glow lamps for illumination of pushbuttons in parallel to pushbutton contacts can make life difficult for switchgear. A glow lamp current up to 150 mA is permitted for particular device.
Zero passage switching of the mains voltage sinusoidal wave prolongs contact lifetime. This provides very high switching capacities and the shallow current flow curve protects the connected consumers. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps ESL. Contactors for an increase in the switching capacity should not be connected in series to this kind of switchgear. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230 V AC 50 Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to the contact input. This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt.
Universal dimmer for R, L and C loads. Only universal dimmers with the marking R+L, R+C or R, L, C recognize automatically the connected load and adjust their dimmer function accordingly. Other dimmers have to be replaced when luminaires with different kind of loads will be used later on.
Only dimmer switches with an additional ESL marking are optimized for dimmable energy saving lamps. We recommend "Dimmerable " by .
Only a trained electrician may install our switchgear, power supply units and energy meters, otherwise there is a risk of re or electric shock. For this reason, direct sales to end-users, e.g. through a DIY store, are not permitted.
Special models and non-standard control voltages are only supplied ex works. Any return is excluded. Subject to change! The product descriptions on the internet are valid only for newly manufactured devices at that time. Also this print-catalogue is only a snap-shot. Older and newer devices might differ from them. Therefore, only the operation instructions enclosed with the devices are binding.
REACH Directive 1907/2006/EC: Unless otherwise known, no Eltako contains any substance included on the candidate list.
II
Contents
Electronic impulse switches
also with release delay, for central control and with multifunction
Universal dimmer switches; also capacity enhancer, 1-10V controller

also for central control and with multifunction
Electronic switching relays, control relays and coupling relays

also with multifunction
Staircase time switches and off-delay timers

also with multifunction
Time relays and multifunction time relays

digital and analogue, settable
Single-phase energy meters and three-phase energy meters and energy consumption indicator; energy meters Economy Line with and without MID approval
Operating hours impulse counter, current relay, mains monitoring relays, current-limiting relays and mains disconnection relay
Shading systems and roller shutter control

with sensors, sensor relays, impulse group switches and motor isolating relay
Switching power supply units and wide-range switching power supply units
with low standby loss and high efficiency
Electromechanical impulse switches

also impulse multi circuit switches and impulse group switches
Electromechanical switching relays, control relays and installation contactors

with 100% time on
ON/OFF switches, momentary-contact switches, group switches and indicator lights
Installation accessories and terms of delivery
III
Key to type identification Key to abbreviations

Key to type identification
ES
Key to abbreviation
12 Z
Subgroup
110
Number of CO contacts Number of NC contacts Number of NO contacts
8...230V UC
Control voltage
V = AC voltage 50 Hz V DC = DC voltage 8..230 V UC = alternating voltage 8 to 253 V AC, 50-60 Hz or only UC and direct voltage 10 to 230V DC
M = multifunction NP = NP series Z = central control DX = Duplex technology
Series
This contact description is dropped if the device is available in one contact assignment only.
Key to abbreviations
Meaning AVZ A AR BZR DCM DSZ DX EAW EGS ER ES ESR ETR EUD EVA FK FR G GBA K KM KR LDW LS Single function time relays, AV operate delay ON/OFF switch Current relay Operating hours counter DC motor relay Three-phase energy meter Duplex technology Single function time relays, EW+AW+EAW Fleeting NO contact and eeting NC contact Impulse group switches Switching relay, control relay and coupling relay Electronic impulse switch
Electronic impulse switch with integrated relay function
Group E H+L G G H F A+C+E E H RVZ C S A A C B F C G L Z L J C H H SBR SDS SNT ST SUD T TGI TLZ WNT WS WSZ XR XS ZT LUD MS MSR MTR MFZ NLZ NR P3K R
Meaning Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switches Multi sensor Multi sensor relay Motor isolating relay Multifunction time relay Off delay timer Mains monitoring relay Phase annunciator Electromechanical switching relay Single function time relays, RV release delay Electromechanical impulse switch Current-limiting relay Control dimmer switch for electronic ballast units Switching power supply units Socket outlet 1-10 V controller for universal dimmer switches Momentary-contact switch Single function time relays, TI clock generator starting with impulse Staircase time switch Wide-range switching power supply units Wind sensor Single-phase energy meter Installation contactor 25 A Electromechanical impulse switch 25 A Central control momentary-contact switch
Group B H H H E D G Z K E J G B I L+Z B H+L E D I H F K J H+L
Isolating relay Universal dimmer switch Energy consumption indicator window contact Mains disconnection relay Group switch Housing for operating instructions Indicator light Auxiliary contact Coupling relay Light-twilight-wind sensor relay Light sensor
For all items, Declarations of Conformity are available and state that a given item conforms to Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EG and/or EMC Directive 2004/108/EC. Marking on both the devices and the packing material. All items conform to EU Directive 2002/95 EC (RoHS) and 1907/2006/EC (REACH) and do not contain any substance included on the candidate list.
IV
Electronic Impulse Switches

A
Selection table electronic impulse switches Impulse switch ES12DX Impulse switch ES12-200 Impulse switch ES12-110 Impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12NP Digital settable multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12DDX Impulse switch with potential free contacts ES12Z, also for central control 4-fold impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12Z-4DX-UC, also for central control and group control. Impulse switch ES12-230V Impulse switch ES61 and impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61NP Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61M and impulse switch for installation in lighting ttings ES75 Technical data
Switching on the future.
The Silent Revolution

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
Selection Table Electronic Impulse Switches

A0
The silent revolution

Without attracting particular attention by switching noise, the importance of electronic impulse switches with all their variants compared to conventional mechanical versions is growing steadily. They offer a highly reduced switching noise and further attractive advantages, such as multifunction, central control, zero passage switching for AC voltage, minimized control power demand and universal control voltage.
Page A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A6 A7 A8 A9 A9 A10 A10
ES12Z-200-8..230 V UC
ES12Z-1 10-8..230 V UC
ES12-200-8..230 V UC
ESR61NP-8..230 V UC
ES12-1 10-8..230 V UC
ESR61M-8..230 V UC 1+1 3) 2 1-2

3) 3)
ESR12NP-230 V+UC
ES61-8..230 V UC
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 18 mm each Built-in device for installation (e.g. ush-mounting box) and surface mounting Number NO contacts (not potential free) Number NC contacts potential free Zero passage switching Switching capacity 16A / 250 V AC Switching capacity 10 A / 250 V AC Incandescent lamp load W Bistable relay(s) as relay contact(s) Universal control voltage Additional control voltage 230 V Control voltage 12 to 24 V UC Supply voltage same as control voltage Supply voltage 230V No standby loss Low standby loss Glow lamp current (mA) at the control input 230 V Glow lamp current (mA ) at the control input for universal voltage Off delay, switch-off early warning function and permanent light by pushbutton can be switched on Multi circuit switch Group switch Central control electrically isolated from the local control
1)
1 2 1 1
10)
(1)
(1)
(1)
1+1 3) 2 1-2
3)
1 1
4x1
3)

10)
500
2000 2000 2000 3600 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 2000 2000 2000 8)
5)
8)
5)
8)
5)
9)
6)
9)
9)
9)
8)
5)
9)
6)
8)

10) 6)
10)
6) 5
1) 7)

10)
10)
5
1)
1) 7)
1) 7)
1) 7)
150 2) 50
3) 3) 1)
50 2)7)
50
1) 4)
50
1) 4)
3) 3)
Applies to glow lamps with 170 V ignition voltage, for glow lamps with 90 V ignition voltage approx. glow lamp current. 2) Glow lamp current independent from the ignition voltage. 3) Depends on the set function. 4) Will automatically be switched on starting at 110 V control voltage. 5) Control with 230 V or low-voltage possible. 6) If the control voltage is 230 V, but the phase conductor is different than the 230 V supply voltage, the universal voltage control input must be used due to the potential disconnection. 7) At the control input . 8) The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at rst operation. 9) The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 10) Duplex technology: When switched with 230 V / 50 Hz zero passsage switching is activated if L is connected to (L) and N to (N). Then additional standby loss of only 0.1 Watt.
ES75-12..24 V UC
ESR12Z-4DX-UC
ES12-230 V
pictograms
ES12DX-UC
ESR12DDX
Impulse Switch ES12DX

ES12DX-UC
1 NO contact potential free 16A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1(L) for this. This results in an standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. If the contact is used for controlling switching devices which do not perform zero passage switching themselves, (N) should not be connected because the additional closing delay otherwise causes the opposite effect. Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/A2 or 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2(N). The simultaneous use of two potentials at the control inputs is not permitted. Very low switching noise. No permanent power supply necessary, therefore no standby loss. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. Same terminal connection as the electromechanical impulse switch S12-100-. If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay, no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230 V must be set to 'max'. Control only through A1-A2. This impulse switch represents the latest generation of electronic switchgear: The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in either the ON position or the OFF position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates the microcontroller, reads the last switching state from the non-voltage memory, switches the bistable relay to its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory.
A1
Typical connection
Either Universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC
or control voltage 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA
If N is connected, the zero passage switching is active.
Technical data page A11. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
ES12DX-UC
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312107959
33,70 /pc.
Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
Impulse Switch ES12-200

A2
ES12-200-8..230V UC
2 NO contacts potential free 16 A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/A2 or 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2(N). The simultaneous use of two potentials at the control inputs is not permitted. Very low switching noise. No permanent power supply necessary, therefore no standby loss. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. Same terminal connection as the electromechanical impulse switch S12-200-. Maximum current across both contacts 20A for 230 V. If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay, no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230 V must be set to 'max'. This impulse switch represents the latest generation of electronic switchgear: The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in either the ON position or the OFF position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates the microcontroller, reads the last switching state from the non-voltage memory, switches the bistable relay to its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory.
Typical connection
Either universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC
ES12-200-8..230V UC
2 NO 16A
EAN 4010312108048
39,30 /pc.
Impulse Switch ES12-110

ES12-110-8..230V UC
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact potential free 16 A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/A2 or 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2(N). The simultaneous use of two potentials at the control inputs is not permitted. Very low switching noise. No permanent power supply necessary, therefore no standby loss. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. Same terminal connection as the electromechanical impulse switch S12-110-. If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay, no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230 V must be set to 'max'. This impulse switch represents the latest generation of electronic switchgear: The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in either the ON position or the OFF position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds. This activates the microcontroller, reads the last switching state from the non-voltage memory, switches the bistable relay to its opposite state accordingly and rewrites the new switching state to memory.
A3
Typical connection
Either universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC
ES12-110-8..230V UC
1NO+1 NC 16 A
EAN 4010312108055
39,30 /pc.
Impulse Switch with integrated relay function* ESR12NP

A4
ESR12NP-230 V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2300W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and push-button permanent light switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. Very low switching noise. If the function ESV is set, denitely variable off-delay time RV from 2 to 120 minutes, settable by minute scale. Contact position indication with two LEDs. This starts blinking in case of a blocked push-button (not if the function ER is set). Glow lamp current up to 150 mA only at the control input 230 V independent from ignition voltage (not if the function ER is set). Relays with suitable functions to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. In case of a power failure the system is disconnected in a preset sequence. The functions ES, ESV or ER are selectable by means of a rotary switch. ES = Impulse switch ER = Switching relay ESV = Impulse switch with off delay. The impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay is timed out if a manual OFF command has not been given. Innitely variable time range up to120 minutes. ESV = If switch-off early warning is set the stairwell lighting starts ickering approximately + 30 seconds before timeout at repeated shorter time intervals. During this process reset is possible. ESV = If push-button permanent light is set permanent light can be switched on by + pressing longer than 1 sec. This switches off automatically after 2 hours or by an operation longer than 2 seconds. are ESV If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button + set, the switch-off early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light. If this impulse switch with integrated relay function is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay, no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230 V must be set to 'max'.
8 -230 V UC
Function rotary switches
Standard setting ex factory. = switch-off early warning = push-button permanent light = switch-off early warning and push-button permanent light
Typical connection
* This describes our devices wich can be used as impulse switches as well as switching relays. This halves the number of types and increases the stock turnover.
+
N
+C1 -C2 N L N L
ESR12NP-230V+UC
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312107928
37,20 /pc.
Digital settable Multifunction Impulse Switch Multifunktions-Stromsto-Schaltrelais* with integrated relay function ESR12DDX ESR12M
ESR12DDX-UC
1 +1 NO contacts potential free 16A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. Standby loss 0.03 0.4 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1(L) and/or 3 (L) for this. This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage. The functions are set with the keys MODE and SET as described in the operating instructions. They are indicated on the display and can be blocked if required. The accrued switch-on time is continuously displayed. First in hours (h), then in months (m) with 1 digit after the decimal point. By using bistable relays coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Only impulse switch functions: After a power failure the system is disconnected in a definite sequence or the switch position is kept depending on the setting (then + on the display next to function abbreviations). Settings under RSM in the menu guidance. Furthermore, when using these functions, with the keys MODE and SET, the control inputs A1 and A3 can be defined as central control inputs. ZA1 = 'central off' with A1, local with A3; ZE1 = 'central on' with A1, local with A3; Z00 = no central control. 'Central on' with A1, 'central off' with A3. No local control refer to function RS. Relays with suitable functions (from manufacturing date week 3 2010 (03/10)) to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. From 110 V control voltage and in the settings 2S, WS, SS and GS glow lamp current up to 5mA, dependent on the ignition voltage. With the keys MODE and SET you can select amongst 18 functions: OFF = Permanent OFF 2xS = 2-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3 2S = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact SS1 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 1 SS2 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 2 SS3 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 3 GS = Impulse group switch 1 + 1 NO contacts RS = Switch with A1 = set control input and A3 = reset control input 2xR = 2-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3 2R = Switching relay with 2 NO contacts WR = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact RR = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts EAW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact with 1 + 1 NO contacts, wiping time 1 sec each EW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec AW = Impulse relay fleeting NC contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec GR = Group relay 1 + 1 NO contacts ON = Permanent ON Switching sequence SS1: 0 - contact 1 (1-2) - contact 2 (3-4) - contacts 1+ 2 Switching sequence SS2: 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 - contact 2 Switching sequence SS3: 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 Switching sequence GS: 0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2 GR: Relay with alternating closing contacts The control inputs A1 and A3 have the same functions except for 2xS, 2xR and RS, if not used as central control inputs. After setting the required function, the function can be blocked. An arrow on the right of the abbreviation indicates the blocking status.
A5
Typical connection
8-230 V UC
checkback signal
ESR12DDX-UC
1+1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312108093
51,00 /pc.
Impulse Switch with potential free contacts ES12Z, also for central control
A6
ES12Z-200 - 8..230V UC
2 NO contacts potential free 16A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. Standby loss 0.03 0.4 watt only. Central control priorities selectable.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Local universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. In addition control inputs 8 to 230 V UC central ON and central OFF, electrically isolated from the local input. Supply voltage same as the local control voltage. Very low switching noise. Glow lamp current starting at 110 V control voltage up to 50 mA in positions 1 to 3 and 5 to 7 of the rotary switch. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Maximum current across both contacts 20 A for 230 V. Contact position indication with LED. This starts blinking after 15 seconds in case of a inhibited push-button, not in position 4+8 of the rotary switch. With the upper rotary switch this impulse switch can be partly or completely excluded from central control: ZE+ZA = central ON and central OFF, ZE = central ON only, ZA = central OFF only, ZE+ZA = no central control The lower rotary switch sets several priorities. These determine which other control inputs are inhibited as long as onother control input is excited permanently. Furthermore, here it is decided if the switch position should be kept or not after a power failure: In positions 1 to 4 of the rotary switch the switch position remains unchanged, in positions 5 to 8 it is switched off. Incoming central commands are executed immediately after the power supply returns. OFF = Permanent OFF, ON = Permanent ON 1 and 5 = No priority. Also if central control inputs are excited permanently, it is possible to operate the device by pushing a local push-button. The last central command is executed. This is the setting ex factory. 2 and 6 = Priority for central ON and OFF. Local push-buttons are temporarily inhibited. However, continuous excitation central OFF has priority over continuous excitation central ON. 3 and 7 = Priority for central ON and OFF. Local push-buttons are temporarily inhibited. However, continuous excitation central ON has priority over continuous excitation central OFF. 4 and 8 = Priority for permanently excited local push-button. In the meantime central commands are not executed. In these positions a glow lamp current is not permitted.
Standard setting ex factory. Typical connection
local on / off
checkback signal
Technical data page A11.
central off
central on
ES12Z-200-8..230V UC
2 NO 16A
EAN 4010312107690
50,80 /pc.
ES12Z-1 10-8..230 V UC 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact potential free 16A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. Standby loss 0.03 0.4 watt only. Central control priorities selectable.
All functions same as ES12Z-200, but with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact.
ES12Z-110-8..230V UC
1 NO + 1 NC 16 A
EAN 4010312107683
50,80 /pc.
4-fold Impulse Switch with integrated relay function ESR12Z-4DX-UC

ESR12Z-4DX-UC *
Also for central control and group control. With 4 independent contacts, 1NO contact each potential free 16A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. Standby loss 0.03 0.4 watt only.
Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36mm wide, 58mm deep. * Eltako Duplex technology (DX) allows you to switch 3 of the 4 normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A/C voltage 50Hz is switched. This drastically reduces wear. To achieve this, simply connect the N conductor to the terminal (N) and the phase conductors to 1(L), 3(L) or 5(L). This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 watt. If the channels are used to control switchgear that has no zero passage switching, (N) should not be connected, otherwise the additional off-delay would have the opposite effect. Local universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC. In addition universal control inputs central ON and central OFF for 8 to 230V UC, electrically isolated from the local inputs. With additional group control inputs ON and OFF for 8..230V UC. Same potential like the Function rotary switches local control inputs. Groups of these impulse switches can be controlled separately using the group control inputs. Supply voltage like the local control voltage. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumers may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Central commands always have priority, local control inputs are blocked as long as central commands are activated. In case of a power failure the system is disconnected in a defined mode. With the upper rotary switch this impulse switch with integrated relay function can be partly or completely excluded from central control: ZE+ZA = central ON and central OFF ZE = central ON only ZA = central OFF only ZE+ZA = no central control With the middle rotary switch ES/ER the functions of the lower rotary switch will be preselected. The setting ER selects the function in brackets. Not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or Standard setting ex factory. ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose. With the lower rotary switch 18 different functions may be selected: ON = Permanent ON 4xS = 4-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1, A3, A5 and A7 (4xR) = 4-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1, A3, A5 and A7 4S = Impulse switch with 4 NO contacts (4R) = Switching relay with 4 NO contacts 2S/WS = Impulse switch with 3 NO contacts and 1 NC contact (2R/WR) = Switching relay with 3 NO contacts and 1 NC contact 2WS = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts and Typical circuit with central control and group control 2 NC contacts (2WR) = Switching relay with 2 NO contacts and 2 NC contacts SSa = Impulse multi circuit switch 2+2 NO contacts for switching sequence 0-2-2+4-2+4+6; check back signal 8 (4RR) = closed-circuit current relay with 4 NC contacts SSb = Impulse multi circuit switch 2+2 NO contacts for switching sequence 0-2-2+4-2+4+6-2+4+6+8 (EW) = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 3 NO contacts and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec GS = Impulse group switch. Switching sequence 0-2-0-4-0-6-0; check back signal 8 (AW) = Impulse relay fleeting NC contact with 3 NO contacts and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec RS = Switch with 4 NO contacts, A1= set control input and A3 = reset control input (GR) = Group relay 1+1+1+1 NO contacts 3xS+ = 3-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each + check back signal 8, control inputs A1, A3 and A5 If N is connected, the zero passage switching is active (3xR+) = 3-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each + at the contacts 1-2, 3-4 and 5-6. check back signal 8, control inputs A1, A3 and A5 Technical data page A11. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
group on central on central off group off local on/off local on/off local on/off
A7
ESR12Z-4DX-UC
4 x 1 NO 16 A
local on/off
EAN 4010312108130
87,80 /pc.
Impulse Switch ES12-230 V

A8
ES12-230 V
1 NO contact potential free 10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 1000W. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage and supply voltage 230 V. Glow lamp current up to 5 mA. Very low switching noise. Same terminal connection as the electromechanical impulse switch S12-100-230 V. L must be connected additionally.
Typical connection
ES12-230V
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312102657
26,80 /pc.
Impulse Switch ES61 - Impulse Switch with integrated relay function* ESR61NP
ES61- 8..230 V UC
1 NO contact potential free10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000 W. No standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Either universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC at the control input +A1/-A2 or 230 V with a glow lamp current up to 5 mA at the control input (L)/-A2(N). Using two potentials simultaneously at the control inputs is not permitted. Very low switching noise. No permanent power supply necessary, therefore no standby loss. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. If this impulse switch is in a circuit, which is monitored by a FR12-230V mains disconnection relay, no additional base load is required. However, the monitoring voltage of the FR12-230 V must be set to 'max'. This impulse switch represents the latest generation of electronic switchgear: The electronics does not have an internal power supply and therefore no power is consumed in either the ON position or the OFF position. A control current flows only during a short control impulse of 0.2 seconds.
A9
Typical connection
ES61-8..230V UC
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312107966
37,00 /pc.
ESR61NP - 8..230 V UC
1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000 W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and push-button permanent light switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Control voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal control voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. Very low switching noise. Variable time range up to 120 minutes in the function ESV. At the control input push-buttons with a glow lamp current up to 50 mA can be connected. If the timing period is set to minimum in the function ESV, the release delay is switched off. The standard impulse switch function ES is then set. The function ER is selectable. If the function ER is selected a glow lamp current is not permitted. Only the control input A1- A2 should be used. When set to the function ER this device is suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. If switch-off early warning function is switched on, the light starts flickering approx. 30 seconds before time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals. If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the push-button for longer than 1 second. This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the push-button for longer than 2 seconds. If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button are set, the switch-off early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light. * This describes our devices wich can be used as impulse switches as well as switching relays. This halves the number of types and increases the stock turnover.
ESR61NP-8..230V UC
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312107911
39,20 /pc.
Multifunction Impulse Switch with integrated relay function ESR61M, Impulse Switch ES75
ESR61M - 8..230V UC
1+1 NO contacts potential free 10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 32 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC. No permanent power supply necessary, therefore no standby loss. By using bistable relays coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. The functions of the second rotary switch are preselected using the rotary switch ES/ER. The setting ER selects the function in brackets. 10 different functions are selectable. 2S = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts (2R) = Switching relay with 2 NO contacts WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact (WR) = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact SS1 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1(1-2) - contact 2 (3-4) - contacts 1 + 2 (RR) = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts SS2 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 - contact 2 (EW) = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec GS = Impulse group switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2 (GR) = Group relay 1 + 1 NO contacts (relay with alternating closing contacts) This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose.
A10
Typical connection
Side view
ESR61M-8..230V UC
1 + 1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312108079
50,80 /pc.
ES75 -12..24 V UC
For installation in lighting ttings. 1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC. With VDE approval. Standby loss 0.1 watt only.
Built-in device for installation. 85 mm long, 40 mm wide, 28 mm deep. With integrated transformer for electrical isolation between control circuit and switching circuit to comply with the requirements for safety extra-low voltage. Control voltage 12 to 24 V UC, control current 10 mA at 24 V. Continuous power supply 230 V. Incandescent lamps and halogen lamps load 1) up to 500 W and fluorescent lamps with conventional ballast units in lead-lag circuit up to 1000 VA. Fluorescent lamps with conventional ballast units parallel compensated 300 VA. Temperatures at the mounting location between -20C and +50C. Min. command pulse duration/command pause 20/300 ms. Connections on the low voltage side: 4-pole pin receptacle for STOCKO MKF 13264-6-0-404 plug, 230 V connections: 6-pole terminal strip with plug-in terminals. max. conductor cross section 2,5 mm. One STOCKO plug comes with each device. Technical data page A11.
1)
For lamps with 150W max.
ES75-12..24V UC
1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312101063
38,30 /pc.
Technical Data Electronic Impulse Switches, also for central control

ES12DX a) ESR12NP ES12-200 a) ES12-110 a)
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 6 mm ES12200 /110: 2000 V 4000 V AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V
ES12-230 V ES61 a) ESR12DDX b) ES12Z b) b) ESR12Z-4DX ESR61M a)

AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 6 mm 4000 V 4000 V AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 6 mm 4000 V 4000 V AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 2000 V AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm ESR61M: 6 mm ESR61M: 2000 V 2000 V 4000 V
ESR61NP b)
A11
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap Spacing of control connections/contact control connections C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact Test voltage contact/contact Test voltage control connection /contact Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2 /contact Rated switching capacity Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V Fluorescent lamp load with KVG * in lead-lag or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG * shunt-compensated or with EVG* Compact uorescent lamps with EVG* and energy saving lamps ESL
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 10A/250V AC 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA 15 x 7 W 10 x 20 W
16A/250V AC 16A/250V AC 16A/250V AC 16A/250V AC 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on 70 A / 10 ms 2) 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on 70 A / 10 ms 2) 3) ESR12Z-4DX: 15x7 W 10 x 20 W 3) 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h
2
10A/250V AC 10A/250V AC 1000 W 500 VA 250 VA I on 35 A / 10 ms 2) 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on 70 A / 10 ms 2)
I on 70 A / 15x 7 W 10 x 20 W 10 ms 2) 3) ES12DX: 15x7 W 10 x 20 W 3) 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h 6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
2
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V /24 V DC Life at rated load, cos = 1 resp. for incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 at 100/h Max. operating cycles Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) Screw head Type of enclosure / terminals
> 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h 6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)

2
8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h 6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
> 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h

2
8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h

2
> 10 5 > 4 x10 4 103/h 4 mm2 1.5 mm2
6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
4 mm2 1.5 mm2
slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
slotted/crosshead IP30 / IP20
Electronics
Time on (also for central on / off) Max./min. temperature at mounting location Standby loss (active power) 230 V Standby loss (active power) 12 V
4)
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100% +50C/-20C 0.7 W
+50C/-20C +50C/-20C +50C /-20C +50C /-20C 25 mA 0.5 W 10 mA 0.4 W 0.03 W 2/3/7/3 (50) mA 0.4 W 0.03 W 0.1/0.1/0.2/1 (30)mA 2/4/9/5 (100) mA 0.3 F (1000 m)
+50C/-20C +50C/-20C 0.5 W 5(100) mA 0,3 F (1000 m)
Control current 230 V-control input local (<10 s) Control current universal control voltage all control voltages (< 5 s) 20% 8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) 20% Control current central 8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) 20%
1.5 mA (15 mA) 2/4/9/5 30(23)mA (100) mA 0.3 F (1000 m) A1- A2: 0.06 F (200 m)
25 mA 10 mA ESR61M: 1.5 mA (15 mA) ESR61M: 4 mA 2 / 4 /9 /5 (100) mA
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of single control lead at 230 V AC
0.3 F ES: 0.3 F (1000 m) (1000 m) ER: 3 nF (10 m) C1-C2: 15 nF (50 m)
: 0.3 F (1000 m) 0.06 F A1- A2: 0.06 F (200 m) (200 m) A1- A2: 0.3 F ESR61M: 0.5 nF (1000 m) (2 m)
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of central control lead at 230 V AC
0.9 F (3000 m)
*EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units a) Bistable relay as relay contact. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at rst operation. b) Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 1) For lamps with 150W max. 2) A 40-fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200W or 600W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. Product group G, page G3. 3) When using DX types close attention must be paid that zero passage switching is activated! 4) Standby loss at 24V approx. two times greater than at 12V.
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60 669
Universal Dimmer Switches, Capacity Enhancer and 1-10V Controllers
Selection table for universal dimmer switches, capacity enhancer and 1-10V controllers Universal dimmer switch EUD12NPN Universal dimmer switch for central control EUD12Z Multifunctions universal dimmer switch EUD12M Universal dimmer switch for mains disconnection switching EUD12F Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switches LUD12 Universal dimmer switch EUD12-230 V 1-10V control dimmer switch for electronic ballast units SDS12 1-10 V controller for universal dimmer switches SUD12 Universal dimmer switch EUD61NP without N connection Universal dimmer switch EUD61NPN Multifunctions universal dimmer switch EUD61M Typical circuits Technical data
The Energy Savers

B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13
Selection Table for Universal Dimmer Switches, Capacity Enhancer and 1-10V Controllers
The Energy Savers

B0 B2
Set the mood and reduce energy costs at the same time - a fascinating combination. The dimming of incandescent lamps and halogen lamps in combination with soft ON and soft OFF, prolongs their lifetime considerably. This applies also to the new innitely dimmable energy saving lamps. Only universal dimmers with the marking R, L, C recognize automatically the connected load and adjust their dimming function accordingly. Other dimmers have to be exchanged if lamps with other kind of loads are used later. Only dimmer switches with additional ESL marking are optimized for dimmable energy saving lamps. . We recommend Dimmerable by
Page B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
EUD12Z-8..230V UC
EUD61NP-230V
EUD61NPN-UC
SUD12/1-10 V
SDS12/1-10 V
EUD12-230 V
LUD12-230V
EUD12M-UC
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting, number of modules 18 mm each Built-in device for installation (e.g. ush-mounting box) and surface mounting Dimming R, L and C loads Optimized dimming function for dimmable energy saving lamps ESL Power MOSFET up to 500 W (nearly unlimited number of switching cycles) Increase of capacity with capacity enhancer LUD12-230 V Zero passage switching Minimum brightness level adjustable Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC Supply voltage 230 V Low standby loss Glow lamp current (mA)
2) 4)
1

1)
5)

1-10 V 7) EVG*

400 W
7) 7)
5

6) 6)

6) 6)

5
3)
5
3)

5
6)
5

Central control electrically isolated from the local input Switching operation for children's rooms Snooze function Multifunction *EVG = electronic ballast units
1)
6) 6) 6)
() 6) 6) 6) 6)

Power MOSFET 300 W. Applies to glow lamps with 170 V ignition voltage, for glow lamps with 90 V ignition voltage approx. glow lamp current. 3) Depends on the set function. 4) Will automatically be switched on from 110 V control voltage. 5) Same load as main dimmer switch or separate R, L or C load, depending on circuit. 6) This specification refers to EUD12Z or EUD12M, which is connected in series. 7) This specification refers to the connected EUD12M, EUD12Z or LUD12 depending on the selected mode.
2)
EUD61M-UC
pictograms
EUD12NPN
EUD12F
Universal Dimmer Switch EUD12NPN

EUD12NPN-UC
Power MOSFET 500W. Standby loss 0.1 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 500 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 watt. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C. ESL is manually settable. Universal control voltage input 8 to 230 V UC, electrically isolated from the 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the rotary switch % , e.g. for dimmable energy saving lamps. The dimming speed can be adjusted with the dimming speed rotary switch. Simultaneously the soft on and soft off period is changed. The settings ESL consider the special conditions regarding dimmable energy saving lamps: The starting operation is optimized and the dimm speed changes logarithmically. In these settings the special switching operation for childrens rooms is not possible and no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. In position -ESL Memory is switched off. This can be of advantage for energy saving lamps because cold energy saving lamps require a higher minimum brightness as it will possibly be stored in Memory for warmer energy saving lamps. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum level. An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The setting of the brightness level is stored after switching off. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. Glow lamp current up to 5 mA starting at 110 V. Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. With special switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the push-button, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function. Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with dimmer switches EUD12Z (description page B2) Darstellung ist die Standardand EUD12M (page B3) in connection with capacity enhancer LUD12 (page B5).
B1
Function rotary switch
Standard setting ex factory.
Typical connection
L(+) N(-) 8-230V UC
+A1 -A2
L N L
max. 500 W
L N
einstellung ab Werk.
Technical data and typical circuit page B12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
EUD12NPN-UC
Power MOSFET 500W
EAN 4010312107843
54,30 /pc.
Universal Dimmer Switch EUD12Z for central control

EUD12Z-8..230V UC
B2
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 500W, depending on ventilation conditions. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+ C. The EUD12Z cannot switch energy saving lamps ESL because no minimum brightness level can be set. Up to 3600 W with capacity enhancers LUD12-230 V (description page B5) at the terminals X1 and X2. Universal voltage control input from 8 to 230 V UC and additionally the universal voltage control inputs 8 to 230 V UC central ON and central OFF. The control inputs are electrically isolated from the 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the Function rotary switches maximum level. A interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The setting of the brightness level is stored after switching off. Glow lamp current up to 5 mA starting at 110 V (not for priorities 4 and 8). Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. The LED below the upper rotary switch on the front indicates a local or central control. During local control it starts blinking after 15 seconds if a push-button is inhibited. With special switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the push-button, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position and finally switched off. The current dimming position determines the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding Standard setting ex factory. down the push-button during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function. Typical connection The upper rotary switch adjusts the dimming speed. The duration of soft start and soft OFF is changed simultaneously. This impulse dimmer switch can be operated completely or partially as central control device. The middle rotary switch adjusts the central control. ZE+ZA = central ON and central OFF, ZE = central ON only, ZA = central OFF only, ZE+ZA = no central control The lower rotary switch sets several priorities. These determine which other control inputs are inhibited as long as onother control input is excited permanently. Furthermore, here it is decided if the switch position should be kept or not after a power failure: In positions 1 to 4 of the rotary switch the switch position remains unchanged, in positions 5 to 8 it is switched off. Incoming central commands are executed immediately after the power supply returns. OFF = Permanent OFF 1 and 5 = No priority. Also if central control inputs are excited permanently, it is possible to operate the device by pushing a local push-button. The last central command is executed. This is the setting ex works. 2 and 6 = Priority for central ON and OFF. Local push-buttons are temporarily inhibited. However, continuous excitation central OFF has priority over continuous excitation central ON. 3 and 7 = Priority for central ON and OFF. Local push-buttons are temporarily inhibited. However, continuous excitation central ON has priority over continuous excitation central OFF. 4 and 8 = Priority for permanently excited local push-button. In the meantime central commands are not executed. In these positions a glow lamp current is not permitted. ON = Permanent ON Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with dimmer switches EUD12Z and EUD12M (page B3) in connection with capacity enhancer LUD12 (page B5). Technical data page B12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
central on central off
EUD12Z-8..230V UC
Power MOSFET 500 W
EAN 4010312107850
65,10 /pc.
Multifunktions-Stromsto-Schaltrelais* Multifunction Universal Dimmer Switch ESR12M EUD12M

EUD12M-UC
POWER MOSFET 500W. Standby loss 0.1 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18mm wide, 58mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 500 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 watt. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C. ESL is manually settable. Up to 3600 W with capacity enhancers LUD12-230 V (description page B5) at the terminals X1 and X2 (not ESL). Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC and additionally the universal voltage control inputs 8 to 230 V UC central ON and central OFF. The control inputs are electrically isolated from the supply voltage and switching voltage. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. Contact position indication with LED below the upper rotary switch. This starts blinking after 15 seconds if a push-button is jammed and if one of the functions EUD, ESV or TLZ is set. The minimum brightness level can be adjusted with the rotary switch %, e.g. for dimmable Function rotary switches energy saving lamps ESL. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. From 110 V control voltage glow lamp current up to 5 mA (not for ER and TI). Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. The lower rotary switch sets 10 different functions: EUD = Universal dimmer switch. The dimming speed t and the minimum brightness level %min/max are adjustable. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum level. A interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The setting of the brightness level is stored after switching off. Switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the push-button, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well Standard setting ex factory. as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control Typical connection commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the push-button during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function. -mem = Like the setting EUD, but the adjustment of the brightness level is not stored after switching off. It is always switched on at the maximum brightness level. +ESV = Like the setting EUD. In addition with adjustment of the off delay t up to 90 minutes, if the manual OFF command is not given. The switch off early warning function before time-out can be adjusted by dimming down with %min/max from 0 to 3 minutes. The dimming speed is preset at a medium value. The brightness level is preset with the minimum value. min = Universal dimmer switch. When applying the control voltage it is switched on at the minimum brightness level, which is set with %min/max. Afterwards the light is dimmed up in dimming time t (max. = 90 minutes) up to maximum level. If the control voltage is removed it is switched off instantly, also during the dimming time. minmax = Function like the setting min, but when the control voltage is removed it is dimmed down to the adjusted minimum brightness level. After that is switched off. TLZ = Staircase time switch, with switch off early warning function through dimming which can be switched on. With incrementing (the time can be extended) and permanent light by pushbutton. Variable time range settable from 1 to 9 minutes. Early warning time up to 3 minutes with %min/max. Also for dimmable energy saving lamps ESL. TI = Clock generator with adjustable cycle times t from 0.1 to 0.9 second. The break time can be set from -50% at %min to +100% at %max. Mid-position of %min/max: closing time = break time. ER = Switching relay. Adjustment of soft start and soft OFF with the rotary switch t. Adjustment of dimming level %min/max between minimum and maximum brightness level. The settings ESL consider the special conditions regarding dimmable energy saving lamps: The starting operation is optimized and the dimm speed changes logarithmically. In these settings the special switching operation for childrens rooms is not possible and no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. In position -ESL Memory is switched off. This can be of advantage for energy saving lamps because cold energy saving lamps require a higher minimum brightness as it will possibly be stored in Memory for warmer energy saving lamps. Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Technical data and typical circuit page B12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
central on central off
B3
EUD12M-UC
Power MOSFET 500W
EAN 4010312107836
65,10 /pc.
Universal Dimmer Switch EUD12F for mains disconnection switching

EUD12F
B4
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 300 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 watt. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C. ESL is manually settable. Supply voltage and switching voltage 230V. With integrated switching-off relay for the mains disconnection of switched circuits. The control push-button(s) of the room are connected via low voltage control wires to the terminals T1 and T2 of the EUD12F (field-free internal DC voltage). The permanent power supply must be connected directly to a phase conductor ahead of the mains disconnection relay FR12-230 V. Due to this, the complete function remains but the leads to the lamps is disconnected by means of the switching-off relay. A glow lamp current is not permitted. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the rotary switch % , e.g. for dimmable energy saving lamps. The dimming speed can be adjusted with the dimming speed rotary switch. Simultaneously the soft on and soft off period is changed. The settings ESL consider the special conditions regarding dimmable energy saving lamps: The starting operation is optimized and the dimm speed changes logarithmically. In these settings the special switching operation for childrens rooms is not possible and no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. In position -ESL Memory is switched off. This can be of advantage for energy saving lamps because cold energy saving lamps require a higher minimum brightness as it will possibly be stored in Memory for warmer energy saving lamps. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum level. An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The setting of the brightness level is stored after switching off. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. With special switching operation for children's rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the push-button, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function. Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with dimmer switches EUD12Z (description page B2) and EUD12M (page B3) in connection with capacity enhancer LUD12 (page B5).
Typical connection
Technical data page B12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
max. 300 W
EUD12F
Power MOSFET 300 W and switching-off relay
EAN 4010312108086
65,10 /pc.
Capacity Enhancer LUD12 for Multifunktions-Stromsto-Schaltrelais* Universal Dimmer Switches ESR12M

LUD12-230 V
Power MOSFET up to 500 W and ESL up to 100W. Standby loss 0.1 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Capacity enhancers LUD12-230 V can be connected to the universal dimmer switches EUD12Z, EUD12M, SUD12 (1-10 V) input and FUD12/800W. By this the switching capacity for one lamp will be increased according to the table depending on ventilation conditions up to 500, 350 or 300W or alternatively for additional lamps up to 500W per each capacity enhancer. When energy saving lamps ESL are used only suitable with additional lamps since the limit of 100 W per lamp may not be exceeded. Both switching modes for increase of capacity can be executed simultaneously. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C in the circuit "Increase of capacity with additional lamps". Supply voltage 230 V. Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. In the mode "Increase of capacity with additional lamps" the kind of load of a capacity enhancer LUD12-230 V can vary from the kind of load of the universal impulse dimmer switch. Therefore it is possible to mix L loads and C loads.
B5
Switching mode Increase of capacity for one lampe ( ) Table of increases of capacity for one lamp ( ), not ESL
Standard setting ex factory. The switching mode "one lamp"( ) or "additional lamps" ( ) is set with a rotary switch on the front. This setting must be same as the actual installation, otherwise there is a risk of destruction of the electronics.
to further LUD12
EUD12Z, EUD12M and SUD12: 1. LUD12 + 500 W 2.-5. LUD12 + 350 W each 6.-9. LUD12 + 300 W each FUD12 /800 W: 1.-4. LUD12 + 350 W each 5.-9. LUD12 + 300 W each
Switching mode increase of capacity with additional lamps (
) Capacity increases for energy saving lamps ESL up to 100W for every additional lamp. Otherwise, up to 500W for every additional lamp.
to further LUD12
Technical data page B12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
LUD12-230V
Power MOSFET up to 500W
EAN 4010312107867
62,20 /pc.
Universal Dimmer Switch EUD12-230 V

EUD12-230V
B6
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 400 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 watt. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C. ESL is manually settable. Control voltage 230 V. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the rotary switch % , e.g. for dimmable energy saving lamps. With the bottom rotary switch the required dim function can be set. The settings + and - are for all loads except for energy saving lamps ESL. + is with memory, - is without memory. The settings ESL consider the special conditions regarding dimmable energy saving lamps: The starting operation is optimized and the dimm speed changes logarithmically. In these settings no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. In position -ESL Memory is switched off. This can be of advantage for energy saving lamps because cold energy saving lamps require a higher minimum brightness as it will possibly be stored in Memory for warmer energy saving lamps. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum level. An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. If + and +ESL is set the adjusted brightness level is stored when switching off. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. Glow lamp current up to 5 mA starting at 110 V. Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with dimmer switches EUD12Z (description page B2) and EUD12M (page B3) in connection with capacity enhancer LUD12 (page B5).
Typical connection
Darstellung ist die Standardeinstellung ab Werk.
Technical data and typical circuit page B12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
EUD12-230V
Power MOSFET 500W
EAN 4010312107638
42,80 /pc.
1-10V Control Dimmer Switch SDS12/1-10V for Electronic Ballast Units

SDS12/1-10 V
1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and 1-10 V control output 40 mA. Only 1 watt standby loss. With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed. With switching operation for childrens rooms and snooze function.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 modul = 18mm wide, 58mm deep. Universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC, local and central on/off with same potential. Supply voltage 230V electrically isolated. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps. The brightness level is stored on switch-off (memory). In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored. The minimum brightness (fully dimmed) is adjustable with the % rotary switch. At the same time, you define whether the children's room function and the snooze function are active (+KI +SL). The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch. The load is switched on and off by a bistable relay at output EVG (electronic ballast units). Switching capacity for fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with electronic ballast units 600VA. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. After installation, wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains. Either direction switches can be connected to or these terminals are bridged and a pushbutton is connected as universal switch. As direction switch is "switch on and dim up" and is "switch off and dim down". A double click at triggers the automatic updimming until full brightness with dim speed. A double click at triggers the snooze function. The childrens room function is realized with the pushbutton at . As a universal switch, change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton. Switching operation for children's rooms KI (universal switch or direction switch ): If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function SL (universal switch or direction switch ): With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function.
B7
Typical connection
Technical data and typical circuit page B12.
SDS12/1-10V
1 NO contact 600 VA
EAN 4010312109403
50,80 /pc.
1-10V Controller SUD12 Multifunktions-Stromsto-Schaltrelais* for Universal Dimmer Switches ESR12M

SUD12/1-10 V
1 NO contact potential free 600 VA and 1-10 V control output 40 mA. Standby loss 0,9 Watt only.
B8
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 58mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. The controller SUD12 can be used in two different modes:
1-10 V output
1-10 V input
In this mode electronic ballast units and transformers with a 1-10V interface up to a total control current of 40 mA can be controlled when connected to an universal dimmer switch EUD12Z or EUD12M. The EUD12Z or the EUD12M is controlled with pushbuttons at the universal control voltage input locally or centrally. The SUD12 converts the dimmer signals from Y1/ Y2 to the 1-10 V output 0/Q1 for the interface. It switches the electronic ballast with a bistable relay at the output EVG (electronic ballast units). Zero passage switching to protect contacts. The switching capacity for fluorescent lamps or low voltage halogen lamps with electronic ballast is up to 600 VA. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched load may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. At the same time a dircectly dimmable lamp can be connected to the dimmer switch EUD12. Furthermore the dimmer switch EUD12 can be expanded with capacity enhancers LUD12 for directly dimmable lamps as described on page B5. Technical data page B12.
In this mode the output of a 1-10 V controller can be converted at A1/0 into a direct dimming function when connected to a capacity enhancer LUD12 at terminals X1/X2. The closing operation and the opening operation is also carried out externally at L of the SUD12. The rotary switch of the LUD12 must be adjusted to the (additional lamps). setting
Further capacity enhancers LUD12 in the mode "increase of capacity with additional lamps" can be connected to the controller SUD12 as described on page B5. A 100K potentiometer for brightness control may also be directly connected to the control input A1/0. If the input A1/0 is disconnected the LUD12 dimms to maximum brightness.
SUD12/1-10V
1 NO contact 600 VA
EAN 4010312108116
50,80 /pc.
Universal Dimmer Switch EUD61NP without N connection

EUD61NP-230V
Without N connection, POWER MOSFET up to 500W. Standby loss 0.7 watt only. With control inputs for push-button light switches and light switches.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 500 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C. Compliance with EN 6100-6-3:2007 (EMC standard for residential areas, commercial and light-industrial environments) up to 400 W. Energy saving lamps ESL cannot be controlled by the dimmer type EUD61NP-230 V (without N-connection). Control voltage 230 V. Min. load 20 W only. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the rotary switch % . The dimming speed can be adjusted with the dimming speed rotary switch. Simultaneously the soft on and soft off period is changed. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness up to the maximum level. A short interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The brightness level is stored after switching off. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. If light switches cannot be replaced by push-button light switches, there is a separate control input for light switches. If the switch is opened briefly after closing, the light is dimmed until the next time it is opened again briefly. The dimming direction changes automatically at both peaks. The dimming direction can also be changed by opening the switch briefly twice. Switching operation for childrens rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the push-button, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function. Without N connection, therefore suitable for mounting directly behind the push-button light switch or light switch, even if no N wire is available. Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with dimmer switches EUD12Z (description page B2) and EUD12M (page B3) in connection with capacity enhancer LUD12 (page B5).
B9
Typical connection
Control by push-button switches or light switches.
Technical data page B12.
EUD61NP-230V
Power MOSFET up to 500 W
EAN 4010312108062
51,80 /pc.
Universal Dimmer Switch EUD61NPN

EUD61NPN-UC
B10
For installation. 45mm long, 55mm wide, 18mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 500 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 watt. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C. ESL is manually settable. Universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC, electrically isolated from the 230V supply voltage and switching voltage. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the rotary switch % , e.g. for dimmable energy saving lamps. The dimming speed can be adjusted with the dimming speed rotary switch. Simultaneously the soft on and soft off period is changed. The settings ESL consider the special conditions regarding dimmable energy saving lamps: The starting operation is optimized and the dimm speed changes logarithmically. In these settings the special switching operation for childrens rooms is not possible and no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. In position -ESL Memory is switched off. This can be of advantage for energy saving lamps because cold energy saving lamps require a higher minimum brightness as it will possibly be stored in Memory for warmer energy saving lamps. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness up to the maximum level. An interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The brightness level is stored after switching off. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. Switching operation for childrens rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the push-button, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function. Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with dimmer switches EUD12Z (description page B2) and EUD12M (page B3) in connection with capacity enhancer LUD12 (page B5).
Typical connection
EUD61NPN-UC
Power MOSFET 500 W
EAN 4010312107874
54,30 /pc.
Multifunction Universal Multifunktions-Stromsto-Schaltrelais* Dimmer Switch EUD61M ESR12M

EUD61M-UC
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Universal dimmer switch for R, L and C loads up to 500 watt, depending on ventilation conditions. Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 watt. Automatic detection of load R+L or R+C. ESL is manually settable. Universal control voltage input 8 to 230 V UC, electrically isolated from the 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. The minimum brightness level (completely dimmed down) can be adjusted with the rotary switch % , e.g. for dimmable energy saving lamps. The function rotary switch selects 7 different functions. Zero passage switching with soft start and soft OFF to protect lamps. Short-time control commands switch on/off, permanent control varies the brightness to the maximum level. A interruption of control changes the direction of dimming. The brightness level is stored after switching off in case the function memory is set. If the function on max is set, it always switches on at the maximum brightness level. In case of a power failure the switching position and the brightness level are stored. If applicable the dimmer will be switched on at the stored brightness level after the supply voltage is recovered. Automatic electronic overload protection and over-temperature switch-off. Setting of function ESV same as "memory+soft on" with setting of a release delay up to 90 minutes with the rotary switch % if the manual off command is not given. Before timeout switch-off early warning function by dimming down within 1 minute. The settings ESL consider the special conditions regarding dimmable energy saving lamps: The starting operation is optimized and the dimm speed changes logarithmically. In these settings the special switching operation for childrens rooms is not possible and no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. In position -ESL Memory is switched off. This can be of advantage for energy saving lamps because cold energy saving lamps require a higher minimum brightness as it will possibly be stored in Memory for warmer energy saving lamps. Switching operation for childrens rooms: If the light is switched on by holding down the push-button, it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx. 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level. Snooze function: With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off. The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time (max. = 60 minutes) which can be reduced as required. It can be switched off at any time by short-time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down. Holding down the pushbutton during the dimming down process dims up and stops the snooze function. Mixing of L loads (inductive loads, e.g. wound transformers) and C loads (capacitive loads, e.g. electronic transformers) is not permitted. R loads (ohmic loads, e.g. 230V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps) may be added anytime. Mixing of L loads and C loads is possible with dimmer switches EUD12Z (description page B2) and EUD12M (page B3) in connection with capacity enhancer LUD12 (page B5).
B11
Typical connection
EUD61M-UC
Power MOSFET 500W
EAN 4010312107973
60,70 /pc.
Typical Circuits
Typical circuit of a central control "central ON+OFF" with the dimmer switches EUD12Z-8..230 V UC
B12
central off central on local on/off dimming local on/off dimming local on/off dimming
to further devices
Typical circuit for mains disconnection relay FR12 with dimmer switches and impulse switches
monitored circuit
Technical Data Universal Dimmer Switches, Capacity Enhancers and 1-10 V Controllers
EUD12NPN 1) EUD12Z 1) EUD12M 1) LUD12 1)
Spacing of control connections / load Incandescent lamps 230 V (R) Halogen lamps 230 V (R) Inductive transformers (L) Electronic transformers (C) Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL 5) 1-10 V EVG* Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) Screw head Type of enclosure / terminals Time on Max./min. temperature at mounting location Standby loss (active power) Control voltage Control current 230 V-control input Control current universal control voltage all control voltages (< 5 s) 8/12/24/230 V (< 5 s) Control current central 8/12/24/230 V (< 5 s) Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of single control lead at 230 V AC Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of central control lead at 230 V AC 6 mm up to 500 W up to 500 W up to 500 W up to 500 W up to 100 W (not EUD12Z) 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20 100 % +50C/-20C 0.1 W 8..230 V UC 10(100) mA 2/3/7/4(100) mA 3/5/10/4(100) mA 0.9 F (3000 m) EUD61NP: 0.06 F (200 m)
4) 2) 3) 2) 3)
EUD61NPN 1) EUD61M1) EUD61NP1) 6)

6 mm EUD61NP: 3 mm up to 500 W up to 500 W up to 500 W up to 500 W
2) 3) 2) 3)
EUD12F 1)
EUD12-230V 1) SDS12 SUD12
6 mm up to 300 W up to 300 W up to 300 W up to 300 W up to 100 W 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
2) 3) 2) 3)
6 mm up to 400 W up to 400 W up to 400 W

2) 3)
6 mm 40 mA 600 VA 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20 100 %
4)
B13
up to 400 W 2) 3) up to 100 W 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
up to 100 W (not EUD61NP) 4 mm2 1.5 mm2
slotted / crosshead IP30 / IP20 100 % +50C/-20C

4)
slotted / crosshead, slotted / crosshead, pozidriv pozidriv IP50 / IP20 100 % +50C/-20C 0.1 W internal DC voltage
4)
IP50 / IP20 100 % +50C/-20C 0.2 W 230 V 5 mA
+50C/-20C 1W 8..230 V UC
0.1W EUD61NP: 0.7 W 8..230 V UC EUD61NP: 230 V EUD61NP: 0.7mA
3/5/10/4(100) mA 3/5/10/4(100) mA
0.9 F (3000 m)
0.3 F (1000 m)
0.3 F (1000 m)
0.9 F (3000 m)
0.3 F (1000 m)
* EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units

1)
At a load of more than 300 W (EUD12F: 110 W) a ventilation clearance of 1/2 module to adjacent devices must be maintained. The switching capacity of the EUD61 depends also on the ventilation conditions. 2) Per dimmer or capacity enhancer it is only allowed to use max. 2 inductive (wound) transformers of the same type, furthermore no-load operation on the secondary part is not permitted. The dimmer might be destroyed. Therefore do not permit load breaking on the secondary part. Operation in parallel of inductive (wound) and capacative (electronic) transformers is not permitted! 3) When calculating the load a loss of 20% for inductive (wound) transformers and a loss of 5% for capacitive (electronic) transformers must be considered in addition to the lamp load. 4) Affects the max. switching capacity. 5) In the settings ESL no wound (inductive) transformer must be dimmed. 6) Compliance with EN 6100-6-3:2007 (EMC standard for residential areas, commercial and light-industrial environments) up to 400 W.
Electronic Switching Relays, Control Relays and Coupling Relays
Selection table switching relays, control relays and coupling relays Switching relay ER12DX Switching relay ER12 Impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12NP Digital settable multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR12DDX Switching, control and coupling relays ER12 Switching relays and control relays ER12 and coupling relays KR09 Switching relay ER61 and Impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61NP Switching relay ER61 and Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function ESR61M Isolating relay ETR61NP with window contact FK Technical data
Switching and Control Professionals

C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10
Selection Table Switching Relays, Control Relays and Coupling Relays
Switching and control professionals

Professional hybrid relays combine the advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high switching capacity of special relays. We also use mainly bistable relays. Thus preventing coil power loss even in the on mode. This increases energy efciency and reduces heating in the switch cabinet.
Page C1 C2 C2 C3 C4 C5 C5 C5 C6 C6 KR09-12 V UC, 24V UC, 230 V C6 C7 C7 C8 C8 C9
ER12-200-8..230 V UC
ER12-002-8..230 V UC
ER12-001-8..230 V UC
ER12-110-8..230 V UC
ESR61NP-8..230 V UC
ESR61M-8..230 V UC 1- 2 2) 5)
C0
ESR12NP-230 V+UC
ER61-8..230 V UC
ER12-001-230 V
ER12-002-230 V
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 18 mm each Built-in device for installation (e.g. ush-mounting box) and surface mounting Number NO contacts or changeover contact (W) potential free (not potential free) Number NC contacts potential free Zero passage switching Switching capacity 16A/250 V AC Switching capacity 10A/250 V AC Incandescent lamp load W Bistable relay(s) as relay contact(s) Switchable between the functions for impulse switches and switching relays Universal control voltage (additional) control voltage 230 V Supply voltage same as control voltage Supply voltage 230 V No standby loss Low standby loss Glow lamp current (mA) at the control input 230 V
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
1 1
(1)
1+1 2) 1W 2 2) 1- 2 2)
2W 1
1W
2W
1W
(1)
1W
1+1 2) (1) 2 2)
7)
6A

2000 2000 2000 2300 2000 2300 2000 2000 2000 500 1000 2000 2000 2300 2000 2000 5) 5) 5) () 3) 1501) 5 501)4) 6) 5) 5) 5) 6)
Glow lamp current independent from the ignition voltage. Depends on the set function. If the control voltage is 230 V, but the phase conductor is different from the 230 V supply voltage, the universal voltage control input must be used. At the control input . The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Duplex technology: When switching 230 V/50 Hz the contact switching takes place in the zero passage when L is connected to (L) and N to (N). The standby loss is then 0.1 Watt.
ETR61NP-230 V
ESR12DDX-UC
ER12-230 V
ER61-230 V
ER12DX-UC
pictograms
Switching Relay ER12DX

ER12DX-UC 1 NO contact potential free 16A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) for this. This gives an standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. If the contact is used for controlling switching devices which do not perform zero passage switching themselves, (N) should not be connected because the additional closing delay otherwise causes the opposite effect. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Very low switching noise. Contact position indicator with LED. Same terminal connection as electromechanical switching relay R12-100-. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose.
C1
Typical connection
Technical data page C10.
ER12DX-UC
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312205402
33,70 /pc.
Switching Relay ER12

ER12-200- 8..230 V UC 2 NO contacts potential free 16A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Very low switching noise. Contact position indicator with LED. Maximum current across both contacts 20A for 230V. Same terminal connection as electromechanical switching relay R12-200-. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose.
C2
ER12-200-8..230V UC
2 N0 16A
EAN 4010312205433
38,00 /pc.
ER12-110- 8..230 V UC 1 NO + 1 NC contact potential free 16A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Very low switching noise. Contact position indicator with LED. Same terminal connection as electromechanical switching relay R12-110-. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose.
ER12-110-8..230V UC
1 NO + 1 NC 16 A
EAN 4010312205440
38,00 /pc.
Impulse Switch with integrated relay function* ESR12NP

ESR12NP-230V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2300W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and push-button permanent light switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. Very low switching noise. If the function ESV is set, denitely variable off-delay time RV from 2 to 120 minutes, settable by minute scale. Contact position indication with two LEDs. This starts blinking in case of a blocked push-button (not if the function ER is set). Glow lamp current up to 150 mA only at the control input 230 V independent from ignition voltage (not if the function ER is set). Relays with suitable functions to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. In case of a power failure the system is disconnected in a preset sequence. The functions ES, ESV or ER are selectable by means of a rotary switch. ES = Impulse switch ER = Switching relay ESV = Impulse switch with off delay. The impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay is timed out if a manual OFF command has not been given. Innitely variable time range up to120 minutes. ESV = If switch-off early warning is set the stairwell lighting starts ickering approximately + 30 seconds before timeout at repeated shorter time intervals. During this process reset is possible. ESV = If push-button permanent light is set permanent light can be switched on by + pressing longer than 1 sec. This switches off automatically after 2 hours or by an operation longer than 2 seconds. are ESV If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button + set, the switch-off early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light. This electronic impulse switch does not need a base load for switching lights in rooms which are monitored by a FR12-230 V mains disconnection relay.
8 -230 V UC
C3
Standard setting ex factory. = switch-off early warning = push-button permanent light = switch-off early warning and push-button permanent light
Typical connection
* This describes our devices wich can be used as impulse switches as well as switching relays. This halves the number of types and increases the stock turnover.
+
N
+C1 -C2 N L N L
Technical data page C10. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
ESR12NP-230V+UC
1 N0 16A
EAN 4010312107928
37,20 /pc.
Digital settable Multifunction Impulse Switch Multifunktions-Stromsto-Schaltrelais* with integrated relay function ESR12DDX ESR12M
ESR12DDX-UC
1 +1 NO contacts potential free 16A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1(L) and/or 3 (L) for this. This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage. The functions are set with the keys MODE and SET as described in the operating instructions. They are indicated on the display and can be blocked if required. The accrued switch-on time is continuously displayed. First in hours (h), then in months (m) with 1 digit after the decimal point. By using bistable relays coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Only impulse switch functions: After a power failure the system is disconnected in a definite sequence or the switch position is kept depending on the setting (then + on the display next to function abbreviations). Settings under RSM in the menu guidance. Furthermore, when using these functions, with the keys MODE and SET, the control inputs A1 and A3 can be defined as central control inputs. ZA1 = 'central off' with A1, local with A3; ZE1 = 'central on' with A1, local with A3; Z00 = no central control. 'Central on' with A1, 'central off' with A3. No local control refer to function RS. Relays with suitable functions to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. From 110 V control voltage and in the settings 2S, WS, SS and GS glow lamp current up to 5mA, dependent on the ignition voltage. With the keys MODE and SET you can select amongst 18 functions: OFF = Permanent OFF 2xS = 2-fold impulse switch with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3 2S = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact SS1 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 (1-2) - contact 2 (3-4) - contacts 1+ 2 SS2 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 - contact 2 SS3 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 GS = Impulse group switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2 RS = Switch with A1 = set control input and A3 = reset control input 2xR = 2-fold switching relay with 1 NO contact each, control inputs A1 and A3 2R = Switching relay with 2 NO contacts WR = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact RR = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts EAW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact with 1 + 1 NO contacts, wiping time 1 sec each EW = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec AW = Impulse relay fleeting NC contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec GR = Group relay 1 + 1 NO contacts (relay with alternating closing contacts) ON = Permanent ON The control inputs A1 and A3 have the same functions except for 2xS, 2xR and RS, if not used as central control inputs. After setting the required function, the function can be blocked. An arrow on the right of the abbreviation indicates the blocking status.
C4
Typical connection
8-230 V UC
checkback signal
Technical data page C10. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
ESR12DDX-UC
1+1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312108093
51,00 /pc.
Switching, Control and Coupling Relays ER12

ER12- 001-230 V
1 change over contact potential free 16A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2300W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage 230V. Low control power demand, therefore substantially less heat is generated. Low switching noise. Contact position indicator with LED. Integrated free-wheeling anti-surge diode (A1= +, A2= -). Safe disconnection to VDE 0106, Part 101; therefore, these devices can also be used as coupling relays. Technical data page C10.
C5
ER12-001-230V
1 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312200032
28,40 /pc.
ER12- 002-230 V
2 change over contacts potential free 10 A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2000 W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage 230V. Low control power demand, therefore substantially less heat is generated. Low switching noise. Contact position indicator with LED. Integrated free-wheeling anti-surge diode (A1= +, A2= -). Technical data page C10.
ER12-002-230V
2 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312200063
36,00 /pc.
ER12- 001-8..230 V UC
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC. Low control power demand, therefore substantially less heat is generated. Integrated free-wheeling anti-surge diode (A1= +, A2= -). Safe disconnection to VDE 0106, Part 101; therefore, these devices can also be used as coupling relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose.
ER12-001-8..230V UC
1 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312205365
36,30 /pc.
Switching Relays and Control Relays ER12 Multifunktions-Stromsto-Schaltrelais* Coupling Relays KR09 ESR12M
ER12- 002-8..230 V UC
2 change over contacts potential free 16A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Low switching noise. Contact position indicator with LED. Integrated free-wheeling anti-surge diode (A1= +, A2= -). By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose.
C6
ER12-002-8..230V UC
2 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312205372
44,20 /pc.
ER12-230 V
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 1000 W. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage 230V. Low switching noise. Same terminal connection as electromechanical switching relay R12-100-230 V.
ER12-230V
1 N0 10A
EAN 4010312206522
24,20 /pc.
KR09-12 V UC, KR09-24V UC and KR09-230V

1 NO contact potential free 6A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 500W. No standby loss.
Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1/2 module = 9 mm wide, 55 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltages 12V UC, 24V UC or 230V. Contact position indicator with LED. Control power demand 0.2 W only. Safe disconnection to VDE 0106, Part 101; therefore, these devices can also be used as coupling relays. Technical data page C10.
KR09-12V UC KR09-24V UC KR09-230V
1 N0 6A 1 N0 6A 1 N0 6A
EAN 4010312203415 EAN 4010312203385 EAN 4010312203378
29,20 /pc. 29,20 /pc. 30,10 /pc.
Switching Relays ER61, Impulse Switch with integrated relay function* ESR61NP
ER61-8..230 V UC
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC. Low switching noise. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at first operation. This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose. Technical data page C10.
Typical connection
C7
ER61-8..230V UC
1 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312205358
33,80 /pc.
ESR61NP - 8..230 V UC
1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC, incandescent lamp load up to 2000 W. Off delay impulse switch with switch-off early warning and push-button permanent light switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Control voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal control voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. Very low switching noise. Variable time range up to 120 minutes in the function ESV. At the control input push-buttons with a glow lamp current up to 50 mA can be connected. If the timing period is set to minimum in the function ESV, the release delay is switched off. The standard impulse switch function ES is then set. The function ER is selectable. If the function ER is selected a glow lamp current is not permitted. Only the control input A1- A2 should be used. When set to the function ER this device is suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. If switch-off early warning function is switched on, the light starts flickering approx. 30 seconds before time-out. This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals. If the permanent light function is switched on, the function can be activated by pressing the push-button for longer than 1 second. This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the push-button for longer than 2 seconds. If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button are set, the switch-off early warning function is activated before switching off the permanent light. * This describes our devices wich can be used as impulse switches as well as switching relays. This halves the number of types and increases the stock turnover. Technical data page C10.
Side view
ESR61NP-8..230V UC
1 N0 10A
EAN 4010312107911
39,20 /pc.
Switching Relays ER61, Multifunction Impulse Switch with integrated relay function* ESR61M
ER61-230 V
1 change over contact potential free 16A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2300W. No standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage 230V. Low control power demand, therefore substantially less heat is generated. Low switching noise. Integrated free-wheeling/anti-surge diode (A1= +, A2= -).
Typical connection
C8
ER61-230V
1 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312201152
27,00 /pc.
ESR61M - 8..230 V UC
1+1 NO contacts potential free 10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamp load up to 2000W. No standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 32 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage 8 to 230V UC. No permanent power supply necessary, therefore no standby loss. By using bistable relays coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. The functions of the second rotary switch are preselected using the rotary switch ES/ER. The setting ER selects the function in brackets. 10 different functions are selectable. 2S = Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts (2R) = Switching relay with 2 NO contacts WS = Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact (WR) = Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact SS1 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1(1-2) - contact 2 (3-4) - contacts 1 + 2 (RR) = Switching relay (closed-circuit current relay) with 2 NC contacts SS2 = Impulse multi circuit switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - contacts 1 + 2 - contact 2 (EW) = Impulse relay for fleeting NO contact with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact, wiping time 1 sec GS = Impulse group switch 1 + 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 0 - contact 1 - 0 - contact 2 (GR) = Group relay 1 + 1 NO contacts (relay with alternating closing contacts) This relay is not suitable to feed back the switching voltage signal of a dimmer switch. Use only relays ESR12DDX-UC, ESR12NP-230V+UC or ESR61NP-8..230V UC for this purpose. * This describes our devices wich can be used as impulse switches as well as switching relays. This halves the number of types and increases the stock turnover.
Typical connection
Side view
ESR61M-8..230V UC
1 + 1 N0 10 A
EAN 4010312108079
50,80 /pc.
Isolating Relay ETR61NP with Window Contact FK

ETR61NP-230 V+FK
1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC. With window contact. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control input with internally produced low voltage 24 V DC. With an isolating transformer electrically isolated from power supply and make contact (PELV). Therefore no external low voltage power supply necessary. With 2 L terminals and 2 N terminals for an easy and quick installation. The enclosed window contact consists of a Reed relay with terminals and a solenoid. The NC contact opens when the solenoid approaches closer than 25mm. The disconnection relay ETR61NP is connected to terminals T1 and T2. Power supply to the extractor only cuts in when the window is open. ETR61NP can be wired in the flush mounted socket behind the socket for the extractor. Power supply 230V. Mounting the window contact FK: Lever out the inserts at the narrow end of the housing. Wire up the Reed relay and cut out the cable entry on the housing. Affix the two housings in parallel maximum 15mm apart and also screw if necessary. In the longitudinal direction the solenoid may be twisted in any direction compared to the Reed relay.
Typical connection
C9
The power supply of an extractor hood is connected by a window contact (NO if window open) so it can be switched on only if the window is open.
Window contact FK
Reed relay and solenoid each 54x 12 x 10 mm Technical data page C10.
ETR61NP-230V
1 N0 10 A
EAN 4010312205488
47,00 /pc.
FK
Window contact FK
Window contact
The window contact as described above is also supplied as individual (accessory) item. Reed relay with 1 NO contact, switching capacity 5 W or VA. Switching voltage max. 175 V UC.
Reed relay and solenoid each 54x 12 x 10 mm
FK
window contact
EAN 4010312903001
20,20 /pc.
Technical Data Electronic Switching Relays, Control Relays and Coupling Relays
ESR12NP230V+UC a) ESR12DDX-UC b) ER12DX-UC
a)
ER12-002-230 V
a)
ER61-8..230 V UC b) ER61-230V -24 V UC, ER12-200-8..230 V UC a) ESR61NP-8..230 V UC a) -230 V ER12-110-8..230 V UC a) ESR61M 8..230 V UC ER12-001-8..230 V UC a) ETR61NP-230 V ER12-002-8..230V UC a)
AgSnO2 / 0,5 mm 6 mm ER61: 3 mm ESR61NP+M: 6 mm ER12-002: 2000 V ESR61M: 2000 V 2000 V ESR61NP+M+ETR61NP: 4000V 10 A / 250 V AC 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on < _ 70A/10ms ESR61NP: 15 x7 W, 10 x20 W not ESR: 8 A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 10 3 / h, ER12: 10 4 / h LED (not series 61) series 12: 6 mm2 (4 mm2), series 61: 4 mm2 series 12: 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2), series 61: 1.5 mm2 series 12: slotted/crosshead, pozidriv, series 61: slotted/crosshead series 12: IP50 / IP20, series 61: IP30 / IP20
2)
ER12-001- KR09 ER12-230V -12 V UC, 230V
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap Spacing of control connections/contact 3 mm 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V
6 mm 6 mm ESR12DDX: 4000 V ER12-200/110: 2000V 4000 V --
C10
6 mm 6 mm ER61: 3 mm - 4000 V 16 A/ 250 V AC 2300 W 1600 VA 500 VA I on < _ 70A/ 10ms 2) - 4000 V 6A / 250V AC 500 W 600 VA 300 VA 52 W
3 mm --2000 V
Spacing of control connections C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact Test voltage contact/contact Test voltage control connections/contact Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact Rated switching capacity Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V Fluorescent lamp load with KVG * in lead-lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG * shunt-compensated or with EVG* Compact uorescent lamps with EVG* and energy saving lamps ESL
16 A / 250 V AC 16 A / 250 V AC 2300 W 1000 VA 500 VA 15x 7 W 10x 20 W 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on < _ 70A/ 10ms 2) 3) When using DX types: 15x7 W, 10 x 20 W 3) 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 10 3 / h
10 A/ 250 V AC 1000 W 500 VA 250 VA I on < _ 35 A/ 10ms 2)
Max. switching current DC1: 12 V /24 V DC Life at rated load, cos = 1 or for > 10 5 incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 at 100/h > 4 x 10 4 Max. operating cycles Contact position indication Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) Screw head Type of enclosure / terminals 10 3 / h
8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 10 4 / h
6A > 10 5 -10 4 / h
> 10 5 > 4 x10 4 10 4 /h
Electronics
Time on 100 % 100 % +50C/-20C ; ESR12DDX: 0.4 W 4 (not ESR12DDX) only ESR12DDX: 2/3/7/3(50)mA 100 % +50C/-20C ; ESR61NP: 0.7 W, ETR61NP: 0.5 W 10 mA, ESR61M: ER12+ER61: 2, ESR61M:4 100 % +50C/20C 10 mA 100 % +50C/20C /15/ 10/11 0.06 F (200 m) 100% +50C/ -20C 5 mA 0.03 F (100 m)
Max./min. temperature at mounting location +50C/-20C Stand by loss (active power) Control current 230 V control input local 20% Control current universal control voltage all control voltages mA 20 % Control current at 8/12/24/230V (<10s) mA 20 % Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of control lead at 230 V AC 0.5 W 10 mA 2/ 4/ 9/ 5(100)
only ESR61NP: 2/4/9/5(100) only ETR61NP: 10mA/24V DC
ES: 0,3 F 0,06 F (200 m) (1000 m) ESR12DDX: ER: 3 nF (10 m) 0,3 F (1000 m) C1-C2: 15 nF (50 m)
0,06 F (200 m)
0.06 F (200 m)
*EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units

a) Bistable relay as relay contact. The relay contact can be open or closed when putting into operation. It will be synchronised at rst operation. b) Bistable
relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 1) For lamps with 150W max. 2) A 40-fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200W or 600W use the currentlimiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. Product group G, page G3. 3) When using DX types close attention must be paid that zero passage switching is activated!
Staircase Time Switches and Off-delay Timers
The New Product Range*
Selection table for staircase time switches and off-delay timers Staircase Time Switch TLZ12-8E - The Standard * Staircase Time Switch TLZ12D - The Allrounder * Staircase Time Switch TLZ12-230V - The Simple Staircase Time Switch TLZ12-9E Staircase Time Switch TLZ61NP * Off-delay timer NLZ12NP Off-delay timer NLZ61 and NLZ61NP Technical data
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8
* Optimised for energy saving lamps ESL
Selection Table Staircase Time Switches and Off-delay Timers
The new product range

Incandescent lamps are replaced by energy saving lamps ESL*. As the rst leading manufacturer of staircase time switches, we produce new devices with optimisation for energy saving lamps. When these staircase time switches are in ESL setting, the switch-off early warning by ickering function does not reduce the service life of the energy saving lamps. The warning function which prevents sudden darkness fully complies with the stipulations in DIN 18015-2, 1996-08. In addition, the lighting is immediately switched on again after a power failure if the set time has not yet elapsed, to increase security. 'The Standard' TLZ12-8E-230 V+UC replaces the TLZ12NP-230 V and TLZ12-8E-230 V+8..230 V UC. 'The Allrounder' TLZ12D-230V+UC replaces the TLZ12M-230 V+8..230 V UC. 'The Simple' TLZ12-230V as new device in the range, without switch-off early warning function and without zero passage switching.
Page D1 D2 D3 D4 B3 D5 D5 D6 D7 D7
D0
EUD12M-UC if the function TLZ is set NLZ61NP-8..230 V UC 2000 TLZ12-8E-230 V+UC NLZ12NP-230 V+UC TLZ61NP-230 V+UC
TLZ12D-230 V+UC
TLZ12-9E-230 V
TLZ61NP-230 V
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 18 mm each Built-in device for installation (e.g. ush-mounting box) and surface mounting Incandescent lamp load W Optimised function for energy saving lamps ESL Switch-off early warning function switchable Variable time range up to Low standby loss 230 V control voltage Universal control voltage (additionally) 8 to 230 V UC Glow lamp current mA Double connections push-button and lamp Single connections below Automatic detection 3-/4-wire circuit 3-wire circuit, without attic lighting 4-wire circuit Resettable Permanent light and switch-off logics with push-button switchable Incrementing
2) 1)
1 2000 12 min 50 50
1 2300 2000
2300
2300
2000
2300
500 3) 4) 9 min
2000 12 min
30 min 99 min 50 50
12 min
12 min

50 50 5
without ER without ER
Separate switch for permanent light Additional input for motion control With multifunction: TLZ, ESV, ES and ER Zero passage switching
* ESL = abbr. for energy saving lamps 1) As stipulated in DIN 18015-2, 1996-08, under 4.3.3 the following should be taken into account: For lighting systems in stairwells of multiple dwellings it is recommended to use staircase time switches with switch-off early warning function to prevent sudden darkness. If the switch-off early warning function is switched on the light starts ickering approx. 30 seconds before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals. 2) Time can be extended: Within the rst second after switching on or resetting the time can be extended by pressing the push-button repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each operation increments the set time once. 3) Up to 3600 W with capacity enhancer LUD12-230V. 4) Switch off early warning function through dimming.
NLZ61-230 V
TLZ12-230 V
pictograms
Staircase Time Switch TLZ12-8E The Standard

TLZ12-8E-230 V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamps up to 2300 W, energy saving lamps ESL up to 200W. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by push-button switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only. With ESL optimisation and multifunction.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Glow lamp current up to 50 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps. Precise variable time range from 1 to 30 minutes, settable by minute scale. with the big rotary switch. Permanent light switch 3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit. Automatic detection of the method of connection. If the function TLZ is set, the lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has not yet elapsed. With double connections for push-button and lamp in order to connect either above or below or only below. is switched on, the light starts ickering approx. If switch-off early warning function 30 seconds before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals. is switched on, permanent light can be switched on by If permanent light by push-button pressing the push-button longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing the push-button longer than 2 seconds. are switched If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button on, the switch-off early warning function is activated before the permanent light switches off. When energy saving lamps ESL are completely or partially switched, then set the switch-off early warning and the permanent light by push-button on the right hand side of the rotary switch. If the function TLZ is selected the time can be extended within the rst second after switching on or resetting by pressing the push-button repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each momentary-contact control increments the set time once. With multifunction: The following functions can be selected optionally: ES (impulse switch), ER (relay), ESV (impulse switch with release delay). If the function ESV is set the time ranges (t), which can be set with the middle rotary switch are as follows: 1= 2min, 2=5min, 3=10min, 4=15min, 6=25min, 8=35min, 10=45 min, 12 = 60 min, 20 = 90 min, 30 = 120 min. In this function the impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay is timed out, if a manual OFF command has not been given. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by push-button can also be switched on in this position. Forgotten permanent light is switched off after 2 hours. = Switch-off early warning function = Permanent light by push-button = Switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button = Permanent light switched on (all click-stop positions) TLZ/ESV/ES/ER = The set function is active Technical data page D8. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
Typical connections
D1
3-wire circuit, resettable
4-wire circuit with attic lighting, resettable Function rotary switches
TLZ12-8E-230V+UC
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312400807
30,90 /pc.
Staircase Time Switch TLZ12D The Allrounder

TLZ12D-230 V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16A/250V AC. Incandescent lamps up to 2300W, energy saving lamps ESL up to 200W. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by push-button switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only. With ESL optimisation and multifunction.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18mm wide, 58mm deep. The functions and times are set by the keys MODE and SET as described in the operating instructions. They are indicated on the display and can be blocked if required. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. 230 V control input that allows a glow lamp current up to 50 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps. 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Extremely low switching noise. Precise variable time range from 1 to 99 minutes. Separate Permanent light switch with the projecting key SET if the functions STS, ISO, IS or R are set. With motion detector control input BM, which converts the input signal into a control impulse if the function STS is set. In this case the permanent light by push-button function is not active. 3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit. Automatic detection of the method of connection. If the function STS is set, the lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has not yet elapsed. The elapsed period is shown in the middle of the display. The set time ashes at the bottom edge of the display until the set period elapses. The accrued switch-on time is displayed there outside the elapsed time, rst in hours (h), then in months (m) with 1 digit after the decimal point. When the set time ashes but the elapsed time does not change, a control push-button is inhibited. If switch-off early warning function is switched on, the light starts ickering in time variable from 10 to 50 seconds before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals. If permanent light by push-button is switched on, permanent light can be switched on by pressing the push-button longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after time variable from 0.5 to 10 hours or by pressing the push-button longer than 2 seconds. This function is not active at the BM input. If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button are switched on, the switch-off early warning function is activated before the permanent light switches off. If energy saving lamps are switched completely or partially, activate position 'ESL' in the menu guidance. This is indicated by a + sign next to the abbreviation for the function at the top of the display. If the function STS is selected the time can be extended within the rst second after switching on or resetting by pressing the push-button repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each momentary-contact control increments the set time once. This function is not active at the BM input. With multifunction: Switchable to the functions IS (impulse switch), R (relay), ISO (impulse switch with off-delay) and HC (hour counter, see also digital adjustable operating hours impulse counter BZR12DDX on page G1). After setting the required function, the function can be blocked. An arrow on the right of the abbreviation indicates the blocking status. ISO: The impulse switch automatically disconnects after the set delay from 0.1 to 9.9 hours is timed out, provided there is no manual OFF command. Switch-off early warning, permanent light by push-button and ESL are also switchable if the function ISO is set. HC: As long as the push-button input is excited, the + sign is indicated next to the abbreviation for the function HC at the top of the display. The time is added and indicated at the bottom of the display. Initially up to 9999 hours (h), then automatic change-over to months (m) each with 730 hours and display with 1 digit after the decimal point. The relay is not switched on if the funtion HC is set. Menu guidance with selectable languages German, English or French as described in the attached operating instructions. Also visit www.eltako-ba.de. Technical data page D8. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
D2
Typical connections
+C1
4-wire circuit with attic lighting, resettable
TLZ12D-230V+UC
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312400760
41,30 /pc.
Staircase Time Switch TLZ12-230 V The Simple

TLZ12-230 V
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamps up to 2000W, energy saving lamps ESL up to 100W, without switch-off early warning. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. 230 V control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage. Extremely low switching noise. Variable time range from approx. 0.2 to 12 minutes. Glow lamp current up to 50 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps. Own permanent light switch with the big rotary switch. 3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit. Automatic detection of the method of connection. Without switch-off early warning function and without zero passage switching.
Typical connections
D3
4-wire circuit with attic lighting, resettable Function rotary switches = Function switched off = Permanent light switched on AUTO = The set function is active
Technical data page D8. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
TLZ12-230V
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312400142
24,60 /pc.
Staircase Time Switch TLZ12-9E

TLZ12-9E-230 V
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A / 250 V AC. Incandescent lamps up to 2300W, energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 W. Switch-off early warning switchable. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. 230 V control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage. Glow lamp current up to 50 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps. Precise variable time range from 1 to 12 minutes, settable by minute scale. Own permanent light switch with the big rotary switch. 3-wire circuit with attic lighting, not resettable. Only for retrotting existing systems. After a power failure the lighting is switched on again in case the set time has not elapsed yet. If switch-off early warning function is switched on, the light starts ickering approx. 30 seconds before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals. The noiseless electronics is not even audible to a highly sensitive ear - unlike many synchronous motors with mechanical gearboxes.
D4
Typical connection
3-wire circuit with attic lighting, not resettable
Function rotary switches = = = Switch-off early warning function Permanent light switched on (all click-stop positions) The set function is active (all click-stop positions)
AUTO
TLZ12-9E-230V
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312400715
37,00 /pc.
Staircase Time Switches TLZ61NP

TLZ61NP-230 V
1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamps up to 2000 W, energy saving lamps ESL up to 200W. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by push-button switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only. With ESL optimisation.
Typical connection Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 230 V control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage. With innitely variable time range from 1 to 12 minutes. 50mA glow lamp current, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps. 3-wire and 4-wire circuits, resettable, with attic lighting if 4-wire circuit. Automatic detection of the method of connection. After a power failure the lighting is switched on again in case the set time has not elapsed yet. is switched on, the light starts ickering approx. If switch-off early warning function 30 seconds before time-out and is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals. If permanent light by push-button is switched on, permanent light can be switched on by pressing the push-button longer than 1 second. This is switched off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing the push-button longer than 2 seconds. are switched If both switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button on, the switch-off early warning function is activated before the permanent light switches off. When energy saving lamps ESL are completely or partially switched, then set the switch-off early warning with the push-button permanent light ESL on the lower rotary switch. If the function TLZ is selected the time can be extended within the rst second after switching on or resetting by pressing the push-button repeatedly up to three times (incrementing). Each momentary-contact control increments the set time once. The function ESV, impulse switch with release delay up to 120 minutes, can be selected optionally. If this function is set it is automatically disconnected after the set delay is timed out if a manual OFF command has not been given. If the timing period is set to minimum in the function ESV, the release delay is switched off. The standard impulse switch function ES is then set. = Permanent light by push-button; = Switch-off early warning function; = Switch-off early warning function and permanent light by push-button
D5
4-wire circuit with attic lighting, resettable Function rotary switches
Technical data page D8.
TLZ61NP-230V
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312400791
37,90 /pc.
TLZ61NP-230 V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamps up to 2000 W, energy saving lamps ESL up to 200W. Switch-off early warning and permanent light by push-button switchable. Standby loss 0.7 watt only. With ESL optimisation.
Typical connection same as type TLZ61NP-230V, but with universal control voltage input +A1/-A2 additionallly Function rotary switches same as type TLZ61NP-230 V Technical data page D8. Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage 230 V. In addition electrically isolated universal voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Push-buttons with a glow lamp current up to 50 mA, dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps, can be connected to the control input . All functions same as type TLZ61NP-230V.
TLZ61NP-230V+UC
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312400739
40,40 /pc.
Off-delay Timer NLZ12NP
The fresh air professionals

Fresh air in the bathroom with the professional off-delay timers NLZ, also known as off-delay relay. Accurate timing is self-evident for this electronic device as well as noiseless operation. The off-delay timers with universal voltage offer additional applications as here even different potentials for switch and fan can be applied. The NP types have a settable operate delay up to 12 minutes.
NLZ12NP-230 V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and consumers. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. 230 V control voltage and additionally 8 to 230 V UC electrically isolated universal control voltage. 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. Very low switching noise. Off-delay time settable from 1 to 12 min with the top rotary switch. Operating delay settable from 0 to 12 minutes with the middle rotary switch. Permanent ON and permanent OFF with the bottom rotary switch. Function: When the control contact (light switch) is closed the operate delay AV starts (if not set '0 minutes'), on time-out the fan is switched on. The set release delay RV (delay time) starts when the control contact opens and if a set operating delay has elapsed. The fan switches off on time-out. This off-delay timer can be controlled by all dimmer switches EUD12 and EUD61 even in the minimum dimming position.
D6
Typical connections RV = release delay (delay time) AV = operating delay
Fan control through light switch
Fan control through ultra low voltage door contact, light is controlled separately
Fan control through light switch in case of different potentials on switch and fan
NLZ12NP-230V+8..230V UC
1 NO 16A
EAN 4010312602911
35,00 /pc.
Off-delay Timers NLZ61 and NLZ61NP

NLZ61-230 V
1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. The off-delay time is variable from 1 to 12 minutes. 230 V control voltage, switching voltage and supply voltage. Function: When the control contact (light switch) is closed the load (fan) is started. The set release delay RV (delay time) starts when the control contact opens; the fan stops on time-out.
Typical connection
D7
Technical data page D8.
NLZ61-230V
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312500095
35,90 /pc.
NLZ61NP-8..230 V UC
1 NO contact not potential free 10A/250V AC. Standby loss 0.7 watt only.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and consumers. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. 8 to 230 V UC universal control voltage, electrically isolated from the 230V supply voltage and switching voltage. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. The top rotary switch varies the off-delay time from 1 to 12 minutes. Operating delay settable from 0 to 12 minutes with the lower rotary switch. Function: When the control contact (light switch) is closed the operating delay AV starts (if not set '0 minutes'), on time-out the fan is switched on. The set release delay RV (delay time) starts when the control contact opens and if a set operating delay has elapsed. The fan switches off on time-out. This off-delay timer can be controlled by all dimmer switches EUD12 and EUD61 even in the minimum dimming position.
RV = release delay (off-delay time) AV = operating delay
Typical connections
Fan control through light switch Technical data page D8.
Fan control through ultra low Fan control through light switch voltage door contact, light is in case of different potentials on controlled separately switch and fan
NLZ61NP-8..230V UC
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312603048
40,40 /pc.
Technical Data Staircase Time Switches and Off-delay Timers

TLZ12D TLZ12-8E NLZ12NP TLZ61NP b) NLZ61 NLZ61NP b)
Contacts
TLZ12-230 V TLZ12-9E
a) Bistabiles Relais als Arbeitskontakt. Der Relaiskontakt kann bei der Inbetriebnahme offen oder geschlossen sein und synchronisiert sich bei der Contact material / contact gap AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm ersten Bettigung. b) Bistabiles Relais als Arbeitskontakt. Nach der Installation die automatische Synchronisation abwarten, bevor der geschaltete Verbraucher an Spacing of control connections / contact 1) 2) das Netz gelegt wird. Bei Lampen mit max. 200 zu rechnen. 3W. mm Bei elektronischen Vorschaltgerten 3 mm ist mit einem bis zu 40-fachen 3 Einschaltstrom mm Spacing of control connections C1-C2 or 6 mm 6 mm A1-A2/contact
Test voltage control connection / contact Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact Rated switching capacity Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V
2000 V 4000 V 16 A/250 V AC 2300 W 1000 VA 500 VA 15x 7 W 10 x 20 W > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
2000 V 16 A/250 V AC 2300 W; TLZ12-230 V: 2000 W 1000 VA; TLZ12-230 V: 500 VA 500 VA 7x7 W 5x 20 W > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
2000 V 4000 V 10 A/250 V AC 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on 70 A/10 ms 2) NP devices: 15 x 7 W, 10 x 20 W > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h 4 mm2 1.5 mm2 slotted / crosshead IP30 / IP20
D8
Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* shunt-compensated or with EVG* Compact uorescent lamps with EVG* and energy saving lamps ESL Life at rated load, cos = 1 or for incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 at 100/h Max. operating cycles Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) Screw head Type of enclosure/terminals
Electronics
Time on Max./min. temperature at mounting location Standby loss (activ power) Control current local at 230 V (<10 s) 20% Control current universal control voltage 8/12/24/230 V (<10 s) 20% Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) of individual control lead at 230 V AC 100 % +50C/-20C 0.5 W 5 (100) mA, NLZ12NP: 2 mA 2/4/9/5(100) mA 0.06 F (200 m) C1/C2: 0.9 F (3000 m) 100 % +50C/-20C 0.5 W; TLZ12-230 V: 0.7 W 5 (100) mA 100 % +50C/-20C 0.4 W; NP devices: 0.7 W TLZ61NP: 5 (100)mA, NLZ61: 0.1 mA, NLZ61NP: 2/4/9/5(100) mA 0.9 F (3000 m) NP devices: 0.06 F (200 m) A1-A2: 0.3 F (1000 m)
0.06 F (200 m)

b)
1) 2)
Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Applies for lamps with max. 150 W. A 40-fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. Product group G, page G3.
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60 669. With switch-off early warning function according to DIN18015-2
Time Relays and Multifunction Time Relays
Selection table time relays and multifunction time relays Digital settable multifunction time relay MFZ12DDX Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ12DX Analogue settable time relays RVZ/AVZ/TGI/EAW12DX Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ12NP Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ12-230 V Analogue settable 2-stage ON-delay A2Z12 Analogue settable multifunction time relay MFZ61DX Description of functions Technical data
The Successful
E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9
Selection Table Time Relays and Multifunction Time Relays
The successful
Multifunction time relays with up to 18 functions combined with universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC - a competitive advantage, particularly the digital settable time relays MFZ12DDX. Multifunction time relays always switch at zero passage, the DX devices only when connected to N.
Page E1 E2 E3 E3 E3 E3 B3 E4 E5 E6 E7
EUD12M-UC if the function TI is set
MFZ12NP-230 V+UC
MFZ12DDX-UC
EAW12DX-UC
MFZ12DX-UC
RVZ12DX-UC
AVZ12DX-UC
E0
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 18 mm each Built-in device for installation (e.g. ush-mounting box) Digital settable Analogue settable Number of NO contacts (not potential free) Number of CO contacts potential free Zero passage switching Switching capacity 16A/250 V AC Switching capacity 10 A/250 V AC Incandescent lamp load W Bistable relay as relay contact Universal control voltage Low standby loss Multifunction time relay Off delay RV Operate delay AV Additive operate delay AV+ 2-stage ON-delay Fleeting NO contact EW EW Fleeting NC contact AW Fleeting NO contact and eeting NC contact EAW Operate and release delay ARV Additive operate and release delay ARV+ Relay function ER Release-delay impulse switch SRV Impulse switch functions ES and ESV Clock generator starting with impulse TI Clock generator starting with pause TP Impulse controlled operate delay IA (e.g. automatic door opener) Pulse shaper IF
1) 2)
1
(1) 1 2000 2)

3)
(1)
1
1+1
1
1 2000 2)
3)
1 2000 2)
3)
1 2000 2)
3)
1 2000 2)
3)
1 3) 2000 2) 500

1)
2300 1000 1000
3) 2000 2)
2) 2)

Up to 3600 W with capacity enhancers LUD12-230 V. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 3) Duplex technology: When switched with 230V/50Hz zero passsage switching is activated if L is connected to (L) and N to (N). Then additional standby loss of only 0.1 Watt.
MFZ61DX-UC
MFZ12-230 V
TGI12DX-UC
pictograms
A2Z12-UC
Digital settable Multifunction Time Relay MFZ12DDX with 18 functions

MFZ12DDX-UC
1 CO contact potential free 10A/250VAC. Incandescent lamps 2000 W*. Standby loss 0.05 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 15 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. Universal control voltage 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage same as the control voltage. Both functions and times are entered at the touch of a key and indicated digitally on an LC display. Only two keys are required for this purpose. When setting the time all values can be entered within preset time ranges (0.1 to 9.9 or 1 to 99 seconds, minutes or hours). The longest possible setting is 99 hours. 600 settings are possible. The time setting is continuously displayed digitally. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Functions (description page E8) EAW = fleeting NO contact and RV = off delay fleeting NC contact AV = operate delay ARV = operate and release delay AV+ = operate delay additive ARV+ = operate and release delay additive TI = clock generator starting with ES = impulse switch impulse SRV = release-delay impulse switch TP = clock generator starting with pause ESV = impulse switch with release delay and switch-off early-warning IA = impulse controlled pickup delay function (e.g. automatic door opener) ER = relay IF = pulse shaper ON = permanent ON EW = fleeting NO contact OFF = permanent OFF AW = fleeting NC contact With TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ functions, a different second time can be entered also with different time ranges. Setting the times and functions: The LCD component to be changed is selected by pressing the MODE key. The component accessed flashes. Press the SET key to change the component accessed. This may be the function, the time ranges, time T1 or time T2 (on TI, TP, IA, EAW, ARV and ARV+ only). Pressing the MODE key terminates each input. Once the time has been set with MODE, no more components are flashing. The timing relay is now ready to operate. Press the MODE key again to restart the input cycle. All the entered parameters are retained if they are not changed using SET. 25 sec. after the last operation and if the component still flashes the input cycle is automatically terminated and the previously made changes lapse. Functions of the LC display: If the ON or OFF function was selected, no time is displayed, only ON and OFF and a contact symbol in the correct position. On all other functions, the set time, the function code and the contact symbol are shown in the correct position (open or closed). The clock symbol flashes while the set time is elapsing and the remaining time is shown. Safety in the event of a power failure: The set parameters are stored in an EEPROM and are therefore immediately available again when the power supply is restored after a power failure. * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15 %, up to 2 minutes 30 %, up to 5 minutes 60 %.
Typical connection
8-230 V UC
E1
Technical data page E9. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
MFZ12DDX-UC
1 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312603079
59,60 /pc.
Analogue settable universal control voltage Multifunction Time Relay MFZ12DX with 18 functions
MFZ12DX-UC
1 CO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamps 2000 W* Standby loss 0.02 0.6 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 15 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. Universal control voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage same as control voltage. Time setting between 0.1 second and 40 hours. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. According to the connection of the power supply to the terminals B1-A2 or B2-A2 two different levels of settings can be selected: Functions F with connection of the power supply to B1-A2 (description page E8) (Standby loss 0.02-0.4 W) RV = off delay AV = operate delay TI = clock generator starting with impulse TP = clock generator starting with pause IA = impulse controlled operate delay (e.g. automatic door opener) EW = fleeting NO contact AW = fleeting NC contact ARV = operate and release delay ON = permanent ON OFF = permanent OFF Functions (F) with connection of the power supply to B2-A2 (description page E8) (Standby loss 0.02-0.6 W SRV = release-delay impulse switch ER = relay EAW = fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact ES = impulse switch IF = pulse shaper ARV+ = additive operate and release delay ESV = impulse switch with release delay and switch-off early-warning function AV+ = additive operate delay ON = permanent ON OFF = permanent OFF The LED below the big rotary switch indicates the contact position while time-out is in progress. It blinks while the relay contact 15-18 is open (15-16 closed), and is continuously ON as long as the relay contact 15-18 is closed (15-16 open). The time base T is selected by means of the middle, latching rotary switch T. Time-base figures available are 0.1 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and 4 hours. The total time is obtained by multiplying the timebase by the multiplier. The multiplier xT is set on the upper, latching rotary switch xT and is in the range from 1 to 10. Thus, time settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 second (time base 0.1 second and multiplier 1) and 40 hours (time base 4 hours and multiplier 10). * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15 %, up to 2 minutes 30 %, up to 5 minutes 60 %. If N is connected, the zero passage switching is active. Technical data page E9. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
E2
Typical connection Level of setting 1, Functions F

8-230 V UC
Typical connection Level of setting 2, Functions (F)

8-230 V UC
MFZ12DX-UC
1 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312603086
57,90 /pc.
Analogue settable Time Relays RVZ /AVZ / TGI / EAW

RVZ /AVZ / TGI / EAW12DX-UC
1 CO contact potential free 10A/250V AC. Incandescent lamps 2000W*. Standby loss 0.02 0.4 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. These digital settable time relays are identical to the MFZ12DX-UC, except that they have one function only (description page E8). On type TGI12DX-UC T1 and T2 can be set separately by a second multiplier while the time base remains the same. On type EAW12DX-UC different functions can be selected by a rotary switch: fleeting NO contact (EW), fleeting NC contact (AW) or fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact (EAW). With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 15 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. Universal control voltage from 8 to 230 V UC. Supply voltage like control voltage. Time setting between 0.1 second and 40 hours. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. The LED below the big rotary switch indicates the contact position while time-out is in progress. It blinks while the relay contact 15 -18 is open (15 -16 closed), and is continuously ON as long as the relay contact 15 -18 is closed (15 -16 open). The time base T is selected by means of the middle, latching rotary switch T. Time-base figures available are 0.1 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and 4 hours. The total time is obtained by multiplying the time base by the multiplier. The multiplier xT is set on the upper, latching rotary switch xT and is in the range from 1 to 10. Thus, time settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 second (time base 0.1 second and multiplier 1) and 40 hours (time base 4 hours and multiplier 10). * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15 %, up to 2 minutes 30 %, up to 5 minutes 60 %. Function rotary switches Function rotary switches Function rotary switches
Typical connection
E3
RVZ /AVZ12DX-UC
TGI12DX-UC
EAW12DX-UC
RVZ12DX-UC AVZ12DX-UC TGI12DX-UC EAW12DX-UC
RV release delay (OFF delay) AV operate delay (ON delay) TI clock generator starting with impulse (asher relay) EW+AW+EAW eeting NO contact and eeting NC contact
EAN 4010312603093 EAN 4010312603109 EAN 4010312603116 EAN 4010312603123
45,40 /pc. 45,40 /pc. 45,40 /pc. 45,40 /pc.
Analogue settable Multifunction Time Relay MFZ12NP with 10 functions

MFZ12NP-230 V+UC
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamps 2300W*. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Zero passage switching to protect contacts and lamps. This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. 230 V control voltage and additionally 8 to 230 V UC electrically isolated universal control voltage. 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. Very low switching noise. Time settings between 0.1 seconds and 40 hours. Functions F (description page E8) RV = release delay AV = operate delay TI = clock generator starting with impulse TP = clock generator starting with pause IA = impulse-controlled operate delay EW = fleeting NO contact AW = fleeting NC contact ARV = operate and release delayg ON = permanent ON OFF = permanent OFF The time base T is selected by means of the middle, latching rotary switch T. Time-base figures available are 0.1 second, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and 4 hours. The total time is obtained by multiplying the time base by the multiplier. The multiplier xT is set on the upper, latching rotary switch xT and is in the range from 1 to 10. Thus, time settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 second (time base 0.1 second and multiplier 1) and 40 hours (time base 4 hours and multiplier 10). * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15 %, up to 2 minutes 30 %, up to 5 minutes 60 %.
E4
Typical connection
MFZ12NP-230V+UC
1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312602935
46,20 /pc.
Analogue settable Multifunction Time Relay MFZ12-230 V with 10 functions

MFZ12-230 V
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamps 1000 W* Standby loss 0.4 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Control voltage 230 V. Supply voltage same as control voltage. Time setting between 0.1 second and 40 hours. Functions F (description page E8) RV = off delay AV = operate delay TI = clock generator starting with impulse TP = clock generator starting with pause IA = impulse controlled operate delay (e.g. automatic door opener) EW = fleeting NO contact AW = fleeting NC contact ARV = operate and release delay ON = permanent ON OFF = permanent OFF The LED below the big rotary switch indicates the contact position while time-out is in progress. It blinks while the relay contact is open, and is continuously ON as long as the relay contact is closed. The time base T is selected by means of the middle, latching rotary switch T. Time-base figures available are 0.1 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours and 4 hours. The total time is obtained by multiplying the timebase by the multiplier. The multiplier xT is set on the upper, latching rotary switch xT and is in the range from 1 to 10. Thus, time settings can be selected in the range from 0.1 second (time base 0.1 second and multiplier 1) and 40 hours (time base 4 hours and multiplier 10). * The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15 %, up to 2 minutes 30 %, up to 5 minutes 60 %.
E5
Typical connection
MFZ12-230V
1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312603147
39,60 /pc.
Analogue settable 2-stage ON-delay A2Z12

A2Z12-UC
1+1 NO contact potential free 10A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamps 1000W. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. Universal control voltage input 8 to 230V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage. Contact position display with two LEDs. Very low switching noise. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. In case of a power failure the system is disconnected in a preset sequence. When the control voltage is applied, the time lapse T1 starts between 0 and 60 seconds. At the end of the time lapse, contact 1-2 closes and time lapse T2 starts between 0 and 60 seconds. At the end of this time lapse, contact 3-4 closes. After an interval, the time lapse starts again at T1.
E6
Typical connection
A2Z12-UC
1+1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312603178
51,00 /pc.
Analogue settable Multifunction Time Relay MFZ61DX

MFZ61DX-UC
1 NO contact potential free 10 A/250 V AC. Incandescent lamps 2000 W*. Standby loss 0.02 0.4 watt only.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. Universal control voltage input 8 to 230V UC. Supply voltage is same as the control voltage. Time settings between 0.5 seconds and 1 hour. Functions F (description page E8) RV = off delay AV = operating delay TI = clock generator starting with impulse IA = impulse-controlled operating delay EW = fleeting NO contact AW = fleeting NC contact * The maximum load can be used from a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load is reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 15 %, up to 2 minutes 30 %, up to 5 minutes 60 %.
E7
Typical connection
Technical data page E9.
MFZ61DX-UC
1 NO 10A
EAN 4010312603055
40,40 /pc.
Description of functions of the Time Relays and Multifunction Time Relays

The contact 15-18 corresponds on MFZ12NP to the contact L-3. The terminals A1-A2 correspond on MFZ12NP to the terminals A1-N or C1-C2. The contact 15-18 corresponds on MFZ61DX and MFZ12-230V to the contact 1-2. The terminals A1-A2 correspond on MFZ12-230V to the terminals A1-N.
RV = Release delay
(OFF delay)
A1 A2 15-18
ARV = Operate and release delay

A1- A2 t1 15-18 t2
When the control voltage is applied the relay contact switches to 15-18. When the control voltage is interrupted the timing period is started; on time-out the relay contact returns to normal position. Resettable during the timing period.
AV = Operate delay
(ON delay)
A1- A2 t 15-18
When the control voltage is applied the timing period starts; on time-out he relay contact changes to 15-18. If the control voltage is interrupted then,another timing period is started and, on time-out, the relay contact to normal position. On MFZ12DX, MFZ12NP and MFZ61DX this release delay is identical to the operating delay, on MFZ12DDX it is completely settable separately. After an interruption of the operating delay, the timing period is restarted.
ER = Relais
As long as the control contact is closed the make contact reverts from 15-16 to 15-18.
When the control voltage is applied the timing period is started; on time-out the relay contact changes to 15 -18. After an interruption, the timing period is restarted.
EAW = Fleeting NO contact and fleeting NC contact

A1-A2 t t 15-18
E8
TI = Clock generator starting with impulse

(flasher relay)
A1 A2 15-18
When the control voltage is applied or interrupted the relay contact changes to 15 -18 and reverts after the set wiping time.
As long as the control voltage is applied the relay contact opens and closes. On MFZ12DX, MFZ12NP and MFZ61DX the changeover time in both directions is identical, and is equal to the preset time. On TGI12DX both times can be set separately (identical time base, but additional multiplier), on MFZ12DDX it is completely settable separately. When the control voltage is applied the relay contact immediately changes to 15-18.
ES = Impulse switch
With control impulses from 50 ms the make contact switches to and fro.
IF
= Pulse shaper
A1- A2 t t 15-18
TP
= Clock generator starting with pause (flasher relay)

A1-A2 15-18 t1 t2 t1
When the control voltage is applied the relay contact changes to 15-18 for the set time. Further control impulses are evaluated only after the set time has elapsed.
Description of function same as for TI, except that, when the control voltage is applied, the contact initially remains at 15-16 rather than changing to 15-18.
ARV+ = Additive operate and release delay

Same function as ARV, but after an interruption of the operate delay the elapsed time is stored.
IA
= Impulse-controlled operate delay

A1- A2 15-18 t1 t2
ESV = Impulse switch with release delay and switch-off early-warning function
Function same as SRV. Additionally with switch-off early warning: approx. 30 sec. before time-out the lighting starts flickering 3 times at gradually shorter time intervals.
The timing period t1 starts with a control impulse from 50 ms; on time-out the relay contact changes for the timing period t2 (for MFZ12DX = 1 second, for MFZ12NP and MFZ61DX = 3 seconds) to 15-18 for 1 second (e.g. for automatic door opener). If t1 is set to t1 min = 0.1 seconds, the IA operates as pulse shaper, when timing period t2 elapses, independent of the duration of the control impulse (min.150 ms).
AV+ = Additive operate delay

Function same as AV. However, after an interruption the elapsed time is stored.
EW = Fleeting NO contact
A1-A2 t 15-18
SRV = Release-delay impulse switch

With control impulses from 50 ms the make contact switches to and fro. In the contact position 15-18, the device switches automatically to the rest position 15-16 on delay time-out.
When the control voltage is applied the NO contact changes to 15 -18 and reverts on wiping time-out. If the control voltage is removed during the wiping time the NO contact immediately reverts to 15-16 and the residual time is cancelled.
A2 = 2-stage ON-delay
A1- A2 1-2 t1
AW = Fleeting NC contact
A1-A2 t 15-18 t2
3-4
When the control voltage is interrupted the NO contact changes to 15 -18, and reverts on wiping time-out. If the control voltage is applied during the wiping time the NO contact immediately reverts to 15 -16 and the residual time is cancelled.
When the control voltage is applied, the time lapse T1 starts between 0 and 60 seconds. At the end of the time lapse, contact 1-2 closes and time lapse T2 starts between 0 and 60 seconds. At the end of this time lapse, contact 3-4 closes. After an interval, the time lapse starts again at T1.
Technical Data Time Relays and Multifunction Time Relays

MFZ12DDX b) MFZ12DX
b)
MFZ12NP
MFZ12-230 V A2Z12-UC
MFZ61DX b)
RVZ/AVZ/TGI/EAW12DX b) Contacts
Contact material/contact gap Spacing of control connections/contact Spacing control connections C1-C2 or A1A2/contact Test voltage control connections/contact Test voltage C1-C2 or A1-A2/contact Rated switching capacity Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V Fluorescent lamp load with KVG * in lead-lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* shunt-compensated or with EVG* Compact uorescent lamps with EVG* and energy saving lamps ESL Max. switching current DC1: 12 V /24 V DC Life at rated load, cos = 1 for incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 at 100/h Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) Screw head Type of enclosure/terminals AgSnO2 / 0,5 mm 6 mm -4000 V -10 A/250 V AC 2000 W 3) 1000 VA 3) 500 VA 3) 15x7 W 10x 20 W 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 6 mm2 (4 mm2 ) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2 ) slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20 AgSnO2 / 0,5 mm 3 mm 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 16 A/250 V AC 2300 W 3) 1000 VA 3) 500 VA 3) 15x7 W 10x 20 W > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 6 mm2 (4 mm2 ) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2 ) slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20 AgSnO2 / 0,5 mm 3 mm; A2Z12: 6 mm -AgSnO2 / 0,5 mm -6 mm
2000V; A2Z12: 4000 V 2000 V 4000 V -10 A/250 V AC 1000 W 3) 500 VA 3) 250 VA 3) _ 35 A/10ms I on < > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 6 mm2 (4 mm2 ) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2 ) slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
2)
10 A/250 V AC 2000 W 3) 1000 VA 3) 500 VA 3) 15 x7 W 10 x 20 W > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 4 mm2 1.5 mm2
4)
4)
E9
slotted /crosshead IP30 / IP20
Electronics
Time on Max./min. temperature at mounting location Temperature dependence Repeat accuracy at 25 C Control voltage dependence from 0.9 to 1.1x rated voltage 100 % +50C/-20C < 0.2 % per C 0.1% none 100 % +50C/-20C < 0.2 % per C 0.1% none > _ 0.2 seconds 100 % +50C/-20C < 0.2 % per C 0.1% none > _ 0.2 seconds 100 % +50C/-20C < 0.2 % per C 0.1% none > _ 0.2 seconds
Stored energy time in the event of power failure > _ 0.2 seconds (then total reset) Standby loss (active power) 230 V MFZ12DDX: 0.5 W; MFZ12DX: 0.4-0.6 W; RVZ /AVZ / TGI/ EAW12: 0.4W 0.02 W; MFZ12DDX: 0.05 W
0.5 W
0.4 W
0.4W
Standby loss (active power) 12 V
5)
2 mA 2 /4/9/5 (100)mA 0.01 F (30 m) C1-C2: 0.03 F (100 m)
2 mA; A2Z12: A2Z12: 0.05/0.1/0.2/1mA 0.01 F (30 m); A2Z12: 0.2 F (600 m)
0.02 W 0.05/ 0.1/ 0.2/1mA
Control current 230 V-control input local 20% Control current universal control voltage 8/12/24 /230V (<10s) 20 % 0.05 / 0.1/ 0.2 /1mA
Max. parallel capacitance (approx. length) 0.2 F (600 m) of the control leads at 230 V AC * EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units
b)
0.2 F (600m)
Bistable relay as relay contact. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. 1) For lamps with a load of 150 W max. 2) A 40-fold inrush current must be calculated for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. Product group G, page G3. 3) The maximum load can be used from a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes. The maximum load is reduced for shorter times as follows: up to 2 seconds 500 W, up to 2 minutes 1000 W, up to 5 minutes 2000 W. 4) When using DX types close attention must be paid that zero passage switching is activated! 5) Standby loss at 24V approx. two times greater than at 12V.
Compliance with: VDE 0435, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1, EN 60 669
Smart Metering
Visualising and indicating the smart way with Eltako singlephase energy meters and Eltako three-phase energy meters
The Smart Counting Champions
Visualisation on the PC with FVS-Energy

The new wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12, connected to the standard S0 interface of our energy meters, transmits the values in the home to the wireless receiver BSC-BoR with USB plug. The FVS-Energy wireless visualisation software for display on a PC is downloadable online free of charge.
The new wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter modules FWZ12- and FWZ61-16 A
measure the connected circuit itself and transmit its values.
Display with wireless LED energy consumption indicator FEA55LED

The energy consumption indicator FEA55LED displays the momentary energy consumption by a row of LEDs.
Display with wireless display energy consumption indicator FEA55D

The energy consumption indicator FEA55D displays the momentary energy consumption on a display. In addition, the consumption of the past hours, days, months and years are retrievable.
Wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12
Wireless Visualisation Software FVS-Energy and wireless receiver BSC-BoR
Wireless singleWireless LED Wireless display energy consumption energy consumption phase energy meter transmitter modules indicator indicator FWZ12 and FWZ61 FEA55LED FEA55D
transmits data for an energy meter, for normal rate/off-peak Page F2 Switching on the future
Free software download!
LED display for an energy meter
Display indicator for an energy meter
transmit automatically measured data Page F4
Page F2
Page F3
Page F3
Wireless Visualisation and Control Software FVS-Energy

Radio telegrams from the wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12 and the self-learning wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter modules FWZ12-16A and FWZ61-16A can be received and displayed on a PC using the Wireless Visualisation and Control Software FVS-Energy and the USB receiver BSC-BoR. ! Caution! The FVS-Energy software is contained in the Wireless Visualisation Software FVS-Home and FVS-Professional and need not be installed separately.
FVS-Energy
Free-of-charge wireless visualisation and control software for up to 100 energy meters with energy meter transmitter module FSS12.
The software is ready for downloading at "eltako-wireless.com". Updates will also be available there free of charge. The wireless receiver BSC-BoR with USB port is also required for PC reception and if required for transmitting wireless telegrams from a PC to load shedding relays in addition. A web license is necessary.
Zeitraum Von
09.11.2009
FSS12-12 V DC
Wireless Energy meter transmitter module for connection to S0 interface of the Eltako single-phase energy meter and three-phase energy meter. Only 0.4 watt standby loss. With load shedding relay 1 NO contact potential free 4A/250V and with exchangeable antenna.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36mm wide, 58mm deep. The energy meter transmitter module FSS12 evaluates the signals from the energy meter S0 interface and transmits wireless telegrams containing consumption and meter reading to the Eltako wireless network for evaluation on a PC using the Visualisation and Control Software FVS Home and FVS Energy. On three-phase energy meters, the data sent includes normal rate (HT) or off-peak (NT) energy tariff data, provided the E1/E2 terminals on the three-phase energy meter are connected to E1/E2 on the FSS12. FVS-Energy and FVS-Home support up to 100 transmitter modules and FVS-Professional up to 250 transmitter modules. Supply voltage 12 V DC from power supply unit SNT12-230 V/12 V DC. The setting and display screen is subdivided into 3 fields: Field 1: The normal display is the unit of the meter reading currently displayed in Field 3. This alternates every 4 seconds with either kilowatt hours kWh (KWH in display) or megawatt hours MWh (MWH in display). The display in Field 1 is supplemented by a + sign after the reading to indicate that the off-peak tariff rate is applied to E1/E2. Field 2: Instantaneous values of energy consumption (active power) in watt (W) or kilowatt (kW). The left-pointing arrow in Field 1 indicates an automatic switchover from 0 to 99 W to 0.1 to 65kW. Field 3: The meter reading is the normal display. Every 4 seconds the display alternates between 3 whole numbers and 1 decimal point (from 0.1 to 999.9kWh) and 1 or max 3 whole numbers (from 0 to 999 MWh). Wireless telegrams: A power telegram is transmitted every 130 seconds and the display is updated. Otherwise a telegram is transmitted within 20 seconds if the power changes by minimum 10 percent. A switchover from HT to NT is transmitted immediately in the same way as a meter reading change. A full telegram comprising meter reading HT, meter reading NT and power is transmitted 20 seconds after the power supply is switched on and then every 10 minutes. The LED lights up briefly when a telegram is transmitted. See page 2-1 of the 'The Eltako Wireless' Catalogue for a detailed description.
F2
Field 1
Field 2
Field 3
The enclosed small antenna can be replaced with a wireless antenna FA250 or FA200 with magnetic base and cable. Typical connection
SNT12 or WNT12
energy meter
BSC-BoR with basic-license FSS12-12V DC
USB wireless receiver wireless energy meter transmitter module
EAN 4010312301616 EAN 4010312301944
199,60 /pc. 129,00 /pc.
Direct display with the Wireless Energy Consumption Indicators FEA55LED and FEA55D
Smart Metering is so cost-effective and incurs no follow-on costs: The Energy Consumption Indicator EVA12 (page F5) displays the current active current consumption in the control cabinet or distributor. They save the consumption figures in non-volatile memories that are viewable at any time. The Wireless Energy Consumption Indicators FEA55LED and FEA55D show directly the wireless readings of an Energy Meter Transmitter Module FSS12, FWZ12 or FWZ61 (pages F2 and F4). The Energy Consumption Indicator with Display FEA55D is equivalent to the Energy Consumption Indicator EVA12 and is also capable of saving data. Only the Wireless Visualisation and Control Software FVS on your PC can evaluate several meters. FVS Energy and FVS Home can evaluate up to 100 meters and FVS Professional up to 250 meters.
FEA55LED
Wirless display energy consumption indicator with LED for integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63mm switch system. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.
Supplied colours same as for pushbutton FT4. Supply voltage 230 V. The scope of supply comprises the frame R and one intermediate frame ZR (all same colour) and the mounting base. The F frame and the ZRF intermediate frame must be ordered separately to install the 63x63mm switch system. The energy consumption indicator evaluates the information received from the wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12 or the wireless single-phase energy meters FWZ12- or FWZ61-16 A and indicates the current energy consumption by a row of LEDs. The normal rate and off-peak status are also displayed by the FSS12. The 15W to 30kW reading is adaptable to maximum expected consumption using a rotary switch to visualise even minor changes. There are 5 ranges to choose from, starting on the left with 1, 3, 7, 15 and 30 kW. On the energy consumption indicator, a maximum of 5 out of 10 LEDs light up simultaneously, and the last clockwise LED lights up the brightest. If one range setting is exceeded, the last LED flashes. Thermoplastic all colours
Type FEA55LEDunits/pack 1 /pack 69,70
F3
Thermoplastic coated with aluminium paint

Type FEA55LED-al units/pack 1 /pack 79,60
FEA55D
Wirless energy consumption indicator with display for integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63mm switch system. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.
Supplied colours same as for pushbutton FT4. Supply voltage 230 V. The scope of supply comprises the frame R and one intermediate frame ZR (all same colour) and the mounting base. The F frame and the ZRF intermediate frame must be ordered separately to install the 63x63mm switch system. The energy consumption indicator evaluates the information received from the wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12 or the wireless single-phase energy meters FWZ12- or FWZ61-16 A and indicates the current energy consumption from 15W up to 65kW. In addition, the consumption of the past hours, days, months and years are retrievable. The normal rate and off-peak status are also displayed on the FSS12 by an LED. Thermoplastic all colours
Type FEA55Dunits/pack 1 /pack 77,30
Thermoplastic coated with aluminium paint

Type FEA55D-al units/pack 1 /pack 87,20
ZRF-
8,50 /pc.
ZRF-al
12,70 /pc.
Wireless Single-phase Energy Meter Transmitter Modules FWZ12 and FWZ61

FWZ12-16 A
Wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter module, maximum current 16A. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18mm wide, 58mm deep. This single-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Eltako wireless network. Accuracy class B (1%). Evaluation on PC using the Visualisation and Control Software FVS or the energy consumption indicators FEA55LED or FEA55D. FVS-Energy and FVS-Home support up to 100 transmitter modules, FVS-Professional up to 250 transmitter modules. The internal power consumption of max. 0.3 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated. Like all meters without PTB or MID approval in Germany, not approved to levy electricity charges. 1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 16A can be connected. The inrush current is 20 mA. The consumption is saved to a non-volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure. Wireless telegrams: A telegram is transmitted within 20 seconds if the power status changes by min. 10 percent. A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately. A full telegram comprising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes. When the power supply is switched on, a teach-in telegram is sent to teach in the associated energy consumption indicator. If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up, a normal rate (HT)/offpeak (NT) switchover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook-up error.
F4
FWZ12-16A
Wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter module
EAN 4010312303184
117,80 /pc.
FWZ61-16 A
Wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter module, maximum current 16A. Only 0.3 watt standby loss.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 35 mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). This single-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Eltako wireless network. Accuracy class B (1%). Evaluation on PC using the Visualisation and Control Software FVS or the energy consumption indicators FEA55LED or FEA55D. FVS-Energy and FVS-Home support up to 100 transmitter modules, FVS-Professional up to 250 transmitter modules. The internal power consumption of max. 0.3 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated. Like all meters without PTB or MID approval in Germany, not approved to levy electricity charges. 1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 16A can be connected. The inrush current is 20 mA. The consumption is saved to a non-volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure. Wireless telegrams: A telegram is transmitted within 20 seconds if the power status changes by min. 10 percent. A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately. A full telegram comprising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes. When the power supply is switched on, a teach-in telegram is sent to teach in the associated energy consumption indicator. If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up, a normal rate (HT)/offpeak (NT) switchover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook-up error.
FWZ61-16A
Wireless single-phase energy meter transmitter module
EAN 4010312302354
117,80 /pc.
Direct display with the

Energy Consumption Indicator EVA12
EVA12-32 A
Maximum current 32 A, standby loss 0.3 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58mm deep. The energy consumption indicator EVA12 uses the current between input and output to measure active energy in the same way as a single-phase energy meter. It saves the consumption parameter in a non-volatile memory. Accuracy conforms to Class B MID (1%) like all Eltako single-phase energy meters. The inrush current is 20 mA. In this way the energy consumption indicator reproduces exactly the reading on the billing energy meter installed at a different location in the building. The display is subdivided into 3 fields. Field 1: This display refers to the cumulative value in field 3. IIII moving slowly to the right = Field 3 shows the cumulative consumption since last reset. This is the display standard mode. H01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last hour up to H24 = 24 hours ago. D01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last day up to D31 = 31 days ago. M01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last month up to M12 = 12 months ago. Y01 = Field 3 shows the consumption for the last year up to Y24 = 24 years ago. Field 2: Instantaneous values of energy consumption (active power) in watt (W) or kilowatt (kW). The display arrows on the left and right show the automatic change W and kW. Field 3: Cumulative value in kWh. Display up to 9,999 kWh with 3 decimal digits, from 10 kWh with 1 deciaml digit and from 1000 kWh without decimal digit. Press the left button MODE to scroll down the display options which are shown in field 1: H01, D01, M01 and Y01 as described above. Finally, press MODE to show the abbreviation of the set language, e.g. GB for English, D for German and F for French. Press the right button SELECT once within the display options to increment the indicated figure by 1. The corresponding value is indicated in field 3. The last clock hour then becomes the hour before last, etc. If the active language was selected with MODE, press SELECT to switch to a different language. Exit the new language setting by pressing MODE to activate the setting. The program returns to the standard display mode automatically if MODE or SELECT are not operated for 20 seconds or if you press both buttons briefly simultaneously. Reset To start saving the values to the nearest hour, we recommend performing a reset at an opportune moment after installation. Hold down the buttons MODE and SELECT simultaneously for a further 3 seconds until RES appears in field 1. Then press SELECT briefly to reset all memories. Afterwards the program returns automatically to standard display mode.
Field 1 Field 2
Field 3
Typical connection
Field 1
Field 2
Field 3
F5
Technical data page F12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
EVA12-32A
Maximum current 32 A
EAN 4010312500828
59,90 /pc.
Selection Table Single-phase and Three-phase Energy Meters
The smart counting champions

Eltako offers a complete range of energy meters for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting from 32A up to 65A. Special attention should be paid to the power consumption of only 0.3W active power of the 32A and 65A single-phase devices. If energy meters for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting are not used for billing we recommend the "Economy Line" without approval. Our marking is an "E" in the type designation: WSZ12DE-32A, WSZ12E-65A, DSZ12DE-3x65A and DSZ12WDE-3x5A. All meters have an S0 interface according to DIN 43 864.
Page F7
top
F7
bottom
F8
top
F8
bottom
F9
F10
top
F10
bottom
F11
top
F11
bottom
Economy Line
Economy Line
Economy Line
Economy Line
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 18 mm each Single-phase energy meter Three-phase energy meter
1
2
1
2
1
5 (32) 6+1 10(65) 6+1 5+2 2) 6 +1 B B B B 5(32) 10(65) 6+1 2 /4 B 5+2 2) 6 +1 B 5 (32) 10(65)
5 (6)1)
10(65)
5(6)1)
F6
With MID approval Reference current I ref (Limiting current I max) A Display drum type register digits Display LC display digits Accuracy class MID, inaccuracy 1% With return stop Display instantaneous values Indication of misconnection Low standby loss S0 interface potential free
1) 2)
5+2 2) 6 +1 B
5+2 2) 6 +1 B
5+2 2) 6 +1 B
CT operated energy meter Switches over automatically from 5+2 to 6+1.
DSZ12WDE-3x5 A 4
DSZ12DE-3x65 A
DSZ12WD-3x5 A
DSZ12D-3x65 A
WSZ12DE-32 A
WSZ12B-65 A
WSZ12B-32 A
WSZ12E-65 A
WZR12-32 A
Single-phase Energy Meters WSZ12B with MID approval

WSZ12B-32A
Maximum current 32 A. Standby loss 0.3 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide and 58 mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.3 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated. 1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 32A can be connected. The inrush current is 20 mA. The meter can be read anytime without power supply. Two N terminals for secure cross wiring of several counters. Typical connection A red LED indicates a power consumption or a possible wrong connection.
T = depends on power consumption 2000 Imp./kWh
time
time
time
T = 50 ms
Energy meter connected, no power consumption
Energy meter correctly connected, with power consumption
Energy meter wrongly connected, ( L- L vice-versa connected), with or without power consumption
WSZ12B-32A
MID approval
EAN 4010312500507
129,00 /pc.
F7
WSZ12B-65 A
Maximum current 65A. Standby loss 0.3 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 35 mm wide and 58 mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.3 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated. 1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 65A can be connected. The inrush current is 40 mA. The meter can be read anytime without power supply. 2 sealing caps PK36 come with the device.
Typical connection
A red LED indicates a power consumption or a possible wrong connection.

time
time
time
T = 50 ms
WSZ12B-65A
MID approval
EAN 4010312500460
140,00 /pc.
Single-phase Energy Meters WSZ12 without approval

WSZ12DE-32 A
Maximum current 32 A. Standby loss 0.3 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18mm wide and 58mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.3 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated. Every 30 seconds, the display switches for 5 seconds from the accumulated active power in kWh to the momentary consumption in watts. 1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 32A can be connected. The inrush current is 20 mA. The display can only be read when the power supply is on. However, the consumption is saved to a non-volatile memory and is displayed immediately after power restoration. Two N terminals for secure cross wiring of several counters. The flashing decimal point is dependent on power consumption and indicates that power is being consumed. If the connection is incorrectly wired, the display shows the message 'false'. The digital display has 7 digits. Two decimal places are indicated up to 99999.99kWh. Above 100000.0kWh there is only one decimal place. Assuming the maximum theoretical power consumption, the display would have a service life of more than 15 years. The power consumption is displayed with a decimal point.
Typical connection
time
time
F8
T = 50 ms
WSZ12DE-32A
without approval
EAN 4010312501245
56,00 /pc.
WSZ12E-65 A
Maximum current 65A. Standby loss 0.3 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 35 mm wide and 58 mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.3 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated. 1 phase conductor with a max. current up to 65A can be connected. The inrush current is 40 mA. The meter can be read anytime without power supply. Typical connection A red LED indicates a power consumption or a possible wrong connection.
time
time
time
T = 50 ms
WSZ12E-65A
without approval
EAN 4010312500651
131,30 /pc.
Unverbindliche Preisempfehlung zuzglich Recommended retail prices excluding VAT. gesetzl. MwSt.
Single-phase Energy Meter WZR12 with reset, without approval

WZR12-32 A
Maximum current 32A, standby loss 0.3 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18mm wide, 58mm deep.
segment 1 segment 2
segment 3
This single-phase energy meter with reset function uses the current between input and output to measure active energy and saves the consumption parameter in a non-volatile memory. Accuracy conforms to Class B MID (1%) like all Eltako single-phase energy meters, the inrush current is 20mA. The display is subdivided into 3 segments. Segment 1: This display refers to the cumulative value in segment 3. |||| moving slowly to the right = Segment 3 shows the cumulative consumption since last reset. This is the display standard mode. H01 = Segment 3 shows the consumption for the last hour up to H24 = 24 hours ago. D01 = Segment 3 shows the consumption for the last day up to D95 = 95 days ago. Segment 2: Instantaneous values of energy consumption (active power) in watt (W) or kilowatt (kW). The display arrows on the left and right show the automatic change W and kW. Segment 3: Cumulative value in kWh. Display up to 9,999 kWh with 3 decimal digits, from 10kWh with 1 decimal digit and from 1000kWh without decimal digit. Press the left button MODE to scroll down the display options which are shown in segment 1: H01 and D01 as described above. Finally, press MODE to show the abbreviation of the set language, e.g. GB for English, D for German, F for French and ES for Spanish. Press the right button SELECT once within the display options to increment the indicated figure by 1. The corresponding value is indicated in segment 3. The last clock hour then becomes the hour before last, etc. If the active language was selected with MODE, press SELECT to switch to a different language. Exit the new language setting by pressing MODE to activate the setting. The program returns to the standard display mode automatically if MODE or SELECT are not operated for 20 seconds or if you press both buttons briefly simultaneously. Reset Hold down the buttons MODE and SELECT simultaneously for 3 seconds until RES appears in segment 1. Then press SELECT briefly to reset all memories. Afterwards the program returns automatically to standard display mode.
Typical connection
segment 1
segment 2
segment 3
F9
WZR12-32A
Maximum current 32 A
EAN 4010312501252
48,60 /pc.
Three-phase Energy Elektronische Wechselstromzhler Meters DSZ12 WSZ mit Zulassung with display and und MID geeicht approval
DSZ12D-3x65 A
Maximum current 3x65A. Standby loss 0.4 watt per path only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 4 modules = 70mm wide and 58mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated. 1, 2 or 3 phase conductors with max. currents up to 65A can be connected. The inrush current is 40mA. The N terminal must always be connected. The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply. Power consumption is shown by a bar flashing at a rate of 100 times per kWh. Designed as standard for using as double-tariff meter: Switch over to a second tariff by applying 230V to terminals E1/E2. On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT. Press them to scroll through the menu according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the total power per tariff and per resettable memory RS1 or RS2, and the instantaneous values of consumption, voltage and current per phase. Error message (false) When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding phase conductor are indicated on the display. Technical data page F12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
Typical connection 4-wire-connection 3x230/400V

S0 output
F10
DSZ12D-3x65A
MID approval
EAN 4010312501207
239,00 /pc.
WSZ12B-65 DSZ12WD-3x5 A A
CT operated energy meter with settable CT ratio and MID. Maximum current 3x5A. Standby loss 0.4 watt per path only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 4 modules = 70mm wide and 58mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. This three-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated. 1, 2 or 3 phase conductors with max. currents up to 5A can be connected. The inrush current is 10mA. The N terminal must always be connected. The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply. Power consumption is shown by a bar flashing at a rate of 10 times per kWh. On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT. Press them to scroll through the menu according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the total power and resettable memory, and the instantaneous values of consumption, voltage and current per phase. The CT ratio can also be set. It is set to 5:5 at the factory and blocked with a bridge over the terminals which are marked with 'JUMPER'. To adjust the CT ratio to the installed transformer remove the bridge and reset the energy meter according to the operation manual. Then block it again with the bridge. Adjustable current transformer ratios: 5:5, 50:5, 100:5, 150:5, 200:5, 250:5, 300:5, 400:5, 500:5, 600:5, 750:5, 1000:5, 1250:5 and 1500:5. Error message (false) When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding phase conductor are indicated on the display. Important! Before working on the current transformers disconnect the voltage paths of the energy meters. Technical data page F12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.

S0 output
DSZ12WD-3x5A
MID approval
EAN 4010312501214
259,00 /pc.
Three-phase Energy Meters DSZ12 with display, without approval

DSZ12DE-3x65 A
Maximum current 3x65A. Standby loss 0.4 watt per path only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 4 modules = 70mm wide and 58mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated. 1, 2 or 3 phase conductors with max. currents up to 65A can be connected. The inrush current is 40mA. The N terminal must always be connected. The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply. Power consumption is shown by a bar flashing at a rate of 100 times per kWh. Designed as standard for using as double-tariff meter: Switch over to a second tariff by applying 230V to terminals E1/E2. On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT. Press them to scroll through the menu according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the total power per tariff and per resettable memory RS1 or RS2, and the instantaneous values of consumption, voltage and current per phase. Error message (false) When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding phase conductor are indicated on the display. Technical data page F12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.

S0 output
DSZ12DE-3x65A
without approval
Technische Daten Seite F8.
EAN 4010312501221
198,20 /pc.
F11
WSZ12B-65 DSZ12WDE-3x5 A A Gehuse fr Bedienungsanleitung GBA12 siehe Katalog "Produkte und Preise 2009" Seite Z2.
CT operated energy meter with settable CT ratio. Maximum current 3x5A. Standby loss 0.4 watt per path only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 4 modules = 70mm wide and 58mm deep. Accuracy class B (1%). With S0 interface. This three-phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output. The internal power consumption of 0.4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated. 1, 2 or 3 phase conductors with max. currents up to 5A can be connected. The inrush current is 10mA. The N terminal must always be connected. The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply. Power consumption is shown by a bar flashing at a rate of 10 times per kWh. On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT. Press them to scroll through the menu according to the operation manual. First the background lighting switches on. The display then shows the total power and resettable memory, and the instantaneous values of consumption, voltage and current per phase. The CT ratio can also be set. It is set to 5:5 at the factory and blocked with a bridge over the terminals which are marked with 'JUMPER'. To adjust the CT ratio to the installed transformer remove the bridge and reset the energy meter according to the operation manual. Then block it again with the bridge. Adjustable current transformer ratios: 5:5, 50:5, 100:5, 150:5, 200:5, 250:5, 300:5, 400:5, 500:5, 600:5, 750:5, 1000:5, 1250:5 and 1500:5. Error message (false) When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong 'false' and the corresponding phase conductor are indicated on the display. Important! Before working on the current transformers disconnect the voltage paths of the energy meters. Technical data page F12. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.

S0 output
DSZ12WDE-3x5A
without approval
EAN 4010312501238
238,00 /pc.
Technical Data Single-phase and Three-phase Energy Meters and Energy Consumption Indicator
WSZ12B-32 A EVA12-32 A WSZ12DE-32 A WZR12-32 A

Rated voltage Extended range Reference current I ref (Limiting current I max ) Internal consumption Active power Display active power 230 V, 50 Hz, -2O % / +15% 5 (32) A
WSZ12B-65 A WSZ12E-65 A
DSZ12D-3x65 A DSZ12DE-3x65 A
DSZ12WD-3x5A DSZ12WDE-3x5 A
230 V, 50 Hz, -2O % / +15% 10 (65) A
3 x230 / 400 V, 50 Hz, -2O % / +15% 3x10 (65) A
3 x230 / 400 V, 50 Hz, -2O % / +15% 3x5(6) A
0.3 W
0.3 W
0.4 W per path
0.4 W per path
EVA12, WSZ12DE, WZR12: LC display, otherwise drum type register with 6 digits for kWh and 1 decimal digit;
LC display 7 digits, therefrom 1 or 2 decimal places
Display instantaneous values
EVA12, WZR12: active power
--
With a key you can select total active power, active power resettable, tariff 1 and tariff 2 and power, voltage and current per phase B B
With a key you can select total active power, active power resettable and power, voltage and current per phase B
Accuracy class 1% Inrush current according to accuracy class B
20 mA WSZ12B: -25/+55C EVA12, WSZ12DE, WZR12: -10 /+55C
40 mA
40 mA
10 mA
F12
Operating temperature
-25/+55C
-10/+55C
-10/+55C
Pulse interface S0 according to DIN EN 62053-31, potential free by opto-coupler, max. 30 V DC / 2O mA and min. 5 V DC, impedance 100 ohms Interface (not EVA12, WZR12) pulse length 50 ms 2000 Imp./kWh pulse length 50 ms 1000 Imp./kWh pulse length 30 ms 1000 Imp./kWh pulse length 30 ms 10 Imp./kWh
Terminal cover sealable
With sealing cap PK18 or PK36. For the current path 1 sealing cap is required
DSZ12D: Terminal cover claps DSZ12DE: With 2 sealing caps PK36
DSZ12WD: Terminal cover claps DSZ12WDE: With 2 sealing caps PK36
Protection degree
lP50 for mounting in distribution cabines with protection class IP51
Maximum conductor cross section
6 mm 2
N and L terminals 16 mm 2 , S0 terminals 6 mm 2
The N terminal of three-phase energy meters must be connected, if not the electronics might be destroyed.
Compliance with: EN 50470
Measuring Instruments Directive MID

The Measuring Instruments Directive (MID) is a new European Union (EU) directive aimed at creating a single market for measuring instruments across the EU. It came into force on 30th October 2006. This regulation means that meters which receive a MID approval can be used in any other EU country irrespective of where in the EU that approval was granted. The meters can be used for billing purposes, industrial and commercial purposes. Therefore, the MID replaces the present regulations consisting of national approval and subsequent calibration. The MID covers a range of measuring instruments which include gas, water and active electrical energy meters. According to the directive all new types of meters must comply with the requirements of the directive as from 30 October 2006. However, all instruments approved before this date may continue to be marketed for up to 10 years. For new types of measuring instruments the MID directive includes the following requirements: Compliance with standard DIN EN 50470-1-3 Completion of conformity assessment Placing the product on the market Marking the devices in accordance with the directive Market surveillance Validity of calibration, subsequent calibration and any charges will still be regulated by the national law. When a MID device is put into circulation, we declare the conformity with MID in the operation instructions. The number of the type examination certificate is also indicated there. It begins with the country code of the accredited laboratory, such as DE for Germany and CH for Switzerland. The MID marking signifies the following: CE M10 1259
Notation of the Authorities which have carried out the inspection Metrology marking and year of assessment of conformity CE approval
F13
The year after the year of assessment of conformity is important for the follow-up calibration. It will be renewed every year. The duration of validity of the calibration is liable to national law. Which accuracy classes exist? The MID refers to new accuracy classes which are A, B, and C. These are in accordance with the familiar ones like 2, 1, and 0,5. The ELTAKO meters have accuracy class B ( = former 1 with PTB).
Mains Monitoring Relays, Current Relays and Current-limiting Relays
The Bodyguards
Selection table bodyguards Digital adjustable operating hours impulse counter BRZ12DDX Current relay AR12DX Mains monitoring relay NR12 Current-limiting relay SBR12 and SBR61 Self-learning mains disconnection relay FR12 Self-learning mains disconnection relay FR61 and accessory base load GLE Technical data and phase annunciator P3K12
G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7
Selection Table Mains Monitoring Relays, Current Relays and Current-limiting Relays
The Bodyguards
Eltako mains disconnection relays switch off a monitored 230 V conductor after connected loads are switched off manually. This prevents interfering electromagnetic alternating elds. A DC voltage with an extremely low residual ripple is used for monitoring purposes. No measurable alternating eld is generated but it is guaranteed that room lighting is detected when switched on. The monitored conductor is then switched on again. Electronically controlled loads or supplied loads, require a high degree of monitoring effort. Here, the self-learning mains disconnection relays are ideal for such applications.
Page G1 G2 G3 G3 G4 G4 G5 G6 G7
SBR61-230 V/120 F
SBR12-230V/240 F
NR12-002-3x230V
NR12-001-3x230V
BZR12DDX-UC
AR12DX-230V
FR12-230V
FR61-230V
pictograms
Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35, number of modules 18 mm each Built - in device for installation (e.g. ush-mounting box) and surface mounting
G0
Number NO contacts or CO contacts potential free (not potential free) Zero passage switching Switching capacity 16 A / 250 V AC Switching capacity 10 A / 250 V AC Incandescent lamp load W Fluorescent lamp load with EVG * and energy saving lamps W No standby loss Low standby loss Adjustable operating hours counter Current relay Mains monitoring relay Current-limiting relay Mains disconnection relay Phase annunciator *EVG = electronic ballast units
1) 2)
1W 2)
1W 2)
1W
2W
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
1600 1200 1200 600 600
2300 1000
2000 105 200 2) 2300
1600
210-400 I on < _ 70 A / I on < _ 70 A / 2) 10 ms 1) 10 ms 1)
I on < _ 70 A / I on < _ 70 A / 10 ms 1) 10 ms 1)

A 40 - fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. Limit with SBR12 or SBR61 if applicable.
Duplex technology: When switched with 230V/50Hz zero passsage switching is activated if L is connected to (L) and N to (N). Then additional standby loss of only 0.1 Watt.
P3K12 1
Digital Adjustable Operating Hours Impulse Counter BZR12DDX with alarm relay and reset
BZR12DDX-UC
1 CO contact potential free 10A/250V AC. Standby loss 0.050.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 watt. The BZR12DDX is adjustable when the supply voltage UC (8-253 V AC or 10-230 V DC) is applied to B1/A2: Select the function by pressing the projecting buttons MODE and SET: Press MODE briefly to make the last function selected (factory setting BST = operating hours counter) flash in field 1. Then press SET to switch between IMP = impulse counter up to 9 999 impulses and I10 = impulse counter x 10 up to 99 990 impulses. Confirm the selected function by pressing MODE.
Field 1
Field 2
Field 3
Typical connection
8-230 V UC
BST function = operating hours counter Field 3 shows the accumulated operating hours T1 up to 8760 hours = 1 year. Up to 999.9 hours with one decimal point. Field 2 can display up to 99 accumulated operating years T2. Press MODE to activate the alarm time AZT when the relay contact is switched over from 1-2 to 1-3. AZT flashes and SET increments each time by 1 hour in field 3. Press and hold down to change the time rapidly. Release and then press and hold down again to change the direction. Confirm the selected time by pressing MODE. The + character in field 1 displays the set alarm time. AA flashes and SET activates (display AA+) or deactivates (display AA) the automatic alarm disconnection. The operating hours are counted in field 3 as long as the control voltage (= supply voltage) is applied to A1. The display II moves slowly to the right in field 1. The residual alarm time RZT in hours can be displayed by pressing SET briefly in field 3. Press SET again to switch back to the operation display. If there is a power failure, the contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3 and may therefore be If N is connected, the zero used for an alarm signal. passage switching is active. When the alarm time AZT is reached, the contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3, SET flashes in field 1 and the display of the elapsed alarm period starts in field 2 from 0.1 minute (m) to 99 hours (h). The contact position 1-3 is indicated by an arrow on the left in field 1. Acknowledge the alarm: a) If the automatic alarm disconnection is activated (AA+), the contact 1-3 closes for only 1 second and the alarm time restarts. b) By connecting the control voltage +B1 to AR the contact switches back, if AR is disconnected from the control voltage the alarm time restarts. c) Press SET for 3 seconds to switch back the contact and to restart the alarm time. The operating hours counter in field 3 continues running same as for a) and b). Reset the operating hours counter previous to the alarm signal by applying the control voltage +B1 to AR for 3 seconds or by pressing the MODE and SET buttons simultaneously for 3 seconds, confirm the RES display in field 1 by pressing SET. The counter is reset to 0. This does not change the alarm time. Lock the settings by pressing MODE and SET briefly and simultaneously. When you confirm the flashing display LCK by pressing SET, the buttons are locked and this is indicated by an arrow in field 1 pointing in the direction of the lock icon sticker. Unlock by pressing MODE and SET simultaneously for 2 seconds. Confirm the flashing display UNL by pressing SET to unlock. IMP function = impulse counter and function I10 = impulse counter x 10 Field 3 shows the accumulated impulses T1 up to 9 999 (99 990) impulses. Press MODE to activate the alarm impulse number AIZ when the relay contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3. AIZ flashes and SET increments each time by 1 impulse in field 3. Press and hold down to change the impulse number rapidly. Release and then press and hold down again to change the direction. Confirm the selected impulse number by pressing MODE and the + character in field 1 to display the set alarm impulse number. Every voltage impulse (identical with the supply voltage) detected at A1 increments the number of counted impulses in field 3. The residual impulse number RIZ can be displayed after pressing SET briefly. RIZ appears in field 1 and the residual impulses until the alarm is displayed in field 3. Press SET again to switch back to the operation display. When the alarm impulse number is reached, the contact switches over from 1-2 to 1-3, SET flashes in field 1 and the display of other impulses up to 99 (990) starts during the alarm signal. The contact position 1-3 is indicated by an arrow on the left in field 1. 'Acknowledge alarm', 'Reset' and 'Lock/unlock setting' are identical to the BST function = operating hours counter. Technical data page G7. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
G1
BZR12DDX-UC
1 CO 10A
EAN 4010312603161
51,00 /pc.
Current Relay AR12DX

AR12DX-230 V
1 CO contact potential free 16 A /250 V AC. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. With the Eltako Duplex technology (DX) the normally potential-free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear. Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal (N) and L to 1 (L) for this. This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0.1 Watt. If the contact is used for controlling switching devices which do not perform zero passage switching themselves, (N) should not be connected because the additional closing delay otherwise causes the opposite effect. With an internal toroidal-core current transformer the single phase AC current flowing through a consumer V1 of 0.1A up to max. 32A is compared to the setpoint. When the latter is exceeded a relay switches off a consumer V2 connected to 2 within 0.5 seconds or switches on a consumer V3 connected to 3. Adjustment accuracy 5%. From 25A the relay always switches on. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. The basis of current A will be set with the lower rotary switch A. The following basic values can be selected: 0.1 A, 0.3 A, 0.6 A, 0.9 A,1.5 A,1.9 A, 3.0 A and 3.2 A. The multiplier xA will be set with the middle rotary switch xA and offers values between 1and 10. So currents starting from 0.1 A (basis of current 0.1 A and multiplier 1) can be set. OFF delay RV can be set with the upper rotary switch RV between 0 and 120 secs. The hysteresis is defined as approx. 25%. Status indication by LED. The measuring input M1 - M2 is electrically isolated from power supply L - N and make contact 1(L)- 2/3. Reference values larger than 32 A can be adapted by an external measuring transformer.
3.0
3.2
G2
Typical connection
If (N) is connected, the zero passage switching is active.
Technical data page G7. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
AR12DX-230V
1 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312205426
60,80 /pc.
Mains Monitoring Relays NR12 monitoring the rotating field

NR12-001-3x230 V
1 CO contact potential free 10 A / 250 V AC. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Designed to monitor 230 V AC voltage between 1 to 3 phase conductors and neutral and to monitor the rotating field (clockwise) in the switch positions 2 Ph and 3 Ph. In the position only the rotating field is monitored, independent from the mains voltage. Supply voltage L1 - N 180 - 250 V/50 - 60 Hz. In case of failure of L1 the relay releases immediately without delay. With the lower rotary switch on the front two operate voltages resp. dropout voltages can be set and the number of monitored phase conductors must be selected. U1: 161 V dropout voltage and 185 V operate voltage. U2: 196 V dropout voltage and 206 V operate voltage as per VDE 0100, part 718 (formerly: VDE 0108, part 1). Voltage applied signalled by LED. At wrong polarity or in case of a missing phase conductor the LED flashes rapidly. Release delay RV settable with the upper rotary switch from 0.1 to 8 sec. The LED flashes slowly during the release delay time period. Operate delay 0.5 sec. Maximum fusing 16 A. Technical data page G7. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
NR12-001-3x230V
1 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312202524
53,00 /pc.
NR12-002-3x230V
2 CO contacts potential free 10 A / 250 V AC. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 32 mm wide, 58 mm deep. All functions same as NR12-001-3x230 V but with a second NO contact. Maximum fusing 16 A.
G3
Technical data page G7. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2. Typical connections: 1 phase monitoring 3 phase monitoring
NR12-002-3 x 230 V
NR12-001-3 x 230 V
NR12-002-3 x 230 V
NR12-001-3 x 230 V
NR12-002-3x230V
2 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312202548
76,50 /pc.
Current-limiting Relays Capacitive SBR

SBR12-230V/240 F
1 NO contact 16 A /250 V AC. No standby loss.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Max. capacitive load 240 F downstream of rectifier (e.g. energy saving lamps and electronic ballast) or 120 F directly at the mains (e.g. shunt-compensated fluorescent lamps). Limiting resistor 12 , limiting period approx. 15 msec. The starting current impulse of energy saving lamps, fluorescent lamps and compact fluorescent lamps is limited to 20 A by short-time switch-on (approx. 15 msec.) of heavy-duty resistors (12 ). The current-limiting relay is connected on the load side of the protected relay contact. Permanent load max. 1200 W, max. switching frequency 600 / h. Explanation of capacitive load specification: The specified max. capacitive load directly at the mains is the deciding factor determining shunt-compensated fluorescent lamps or conventional ballast, for example. Here the capacitor switched in parallel to the mains is the deciding factor determining the correct dimensioning per lamp. The specified max. capacitive load downstream of the rectifier is the deciding factor determining fluorescent lamp ballast or energy saving lamps, for example. An equivalent capacitance of 10 F per lamp may be calculated.
Typical connection
check back signal local ON/OFF
ES12Z with SBR12-230 V/240 F
G4
SBR12-230V/240F 1 NO 16 A EAN 4010312205457 33,00 /pc.
SBR61-230V/120 F
1 NO contact 10 A / 250 V AC. No standby loss.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 18 mm deep. Max. capacitive load 120 F downstream of rectifier (e.g. energy saving lamps and electronic ballast) or 60 F directly at the mains (e.g. shunt-compensated fluorescent lamps). Limiting resistor 24 , limiting period approx. 15 ms. The starting current impulse of energy saving lamps, fluorescent lamps and compact fluorescent lamps is limited to 10 A by short-time switch on (approx. 15 msec.) of heavy-duty resistors (24 ). The current-limiting relay is connected on the load side of the protected relay contact. Permanent load max. 600 W, max. switching frequency 600/h. Explanation of capacitive load specification: The specified max. capacitive load directly at the mains is the deciding factor determining shunt-compensated fluorescent lamps or conventional ballast, for example. Here the capacitor switched in parallel to the mains is the deciding factor determining the correct dimensioning per lamp. The specified max. capacitive load downstream of the rectifier is the deciding factor determining fluorescent lamp ballast or energy saving lamps, for example. An equivalent capacitance of 1 0 F per lamp may be calculated.
Typical connection
SBR61-230V/120F
1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312205464
29,70 /pc.
Recommended retail prices excluding VAT. VAT..
Self-learning Mains Disconnection Relay FR12

FR12-230 V
1 NO contact not potential free 16 A / 250 V AC. Incandescent lamp load 2300W. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide and 58 mm deep. 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. The FR12-230 V mains disconnection relay disconnects the power supply once all series connected loads are turned off, thus preventing any electromagnetic interference fields from occurring. Small loads up to 200 mA, are acceptable and, once major loads are disconnected, they do not prevent field disconnection. There is no need to manually set the limit; it is learned by the FR12. Loads drawing more than 200 mA are consistently defined as loads which should cause the line power to be connected. As long as no major load is turned on, one pole of the monitored circuit remains isolated from the mains. Neutral and earth are connected continuously to avoid acting as an aerial. A DC voltage with an extremely low residual ripple is applied for monitoring. Therefore, it is prohibited to bridge the relay contact, which would ultimately cause device failure. When a load is turned on, the mains disconnection switch connects the monitored phase after approx. 1 sec and the LED lights red. Function of the lower rotary switch In the function ON/ position, the relay contact is continuously closed and field disconnection deactivated. Turn the switch to the position A = automatic with 'self-learn mode', the actual current value is saved as a switch-off value. When this value is reached, the FR12 breaks the electrical circuit regardless whether small consumers such as electronic dimmers are connected. Therefore, the lighting must always be OFF for learning by means of the rotary switch. When the switch is in the A position the FR12 adapts to changes in connected consumers. The FR12 performs a new learn-in routine after phase is activated and when the power supply is restored after a power failure. If a new small load is switched on for more than 24 hours, the total current drawn by the monitored circuit is less than 200mA, the FR12 is set to A mode and in the meantime the light has been switched on and off, the new load is learned in and the conductor is switched , learn-in takes place immediately after off. When the rotary switch is set briefly from A to connecting a new load. If the function self-learn is not required, set the rotary switch to A automatic OFF. Function of the upper rotary switch The monitoring voltage can be adjusted in the range from 5 V DC to 230 V DC. Due to its low residual ripple, it generates no measurable alternating field even at 230 V DC. The higher the adjustment, the greater the number of capacitive loads detectable without switching on a base load. It can therefore be reduced until the loads are barely detectable. In many applications, even the lowest monitoring voltages are detectable.
Rotary switches
G5
Typical connection
monitored circuit
Technical data page G7. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
FR12-230V
1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312203255
87,00 /pc.
Self-learning Mains Disconnection Relay FR61, Accessory Base Load

FR61-230 V
1 NO contact not potential free 10 A /250 V AC. Standby loss 0.8 watt only.
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 26 mm deep. 230 V supply voltage and switching voltage. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. The FR61-230 V mains disconnection relay disconnects the power supply once all series connected loads are turned off, thus preventing any electromagnetic interference fields from occurring. Small loads up to 20 mA are acceptable and, once major loads are disconnected, they do not prevent field disconnection. There is no need to manually set the limit; it is learned by the FR61. Loads drawing more than 200 mA are consistently defined as loads which should cause the line power to be connected. As long as no major load is turned on, one pole of the monitored circuit remains isolated from the mains. Neutral and earth are connected continuously to avoid acting as an aerial. A DC voltage of 230 V DC with an extremely low residual ripple is applied for monitoring. Therefore, it is prohibited to bridge the relay contact, which would ultimately cause device failure. When a load is turned on, the mains disconnection relay connects the phase. If the phase is switched on for the first time and after a power failure the FR61 automatically learns in again: At first an inrush current of 30 mA is specified. If a new small load is switched on for more than 24 hours, the total current drawn by the monitored circuit is less than 200 mA, and in the meantime the light has been switched on and off, the new load is learned in and the conductor is switched off. This learn-in mode can be realised immediately after connection of the new load by briefly switching off the MCB.
Typical connection
monitored circuit
Side view
G6
Technical data page G7.
FR61-230V
1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312203477
87,00 /pc.
GLE
Accessory base load
A base load is used if loads cannot be detected due to their capacitance but are meant to switchon the line voltage. Base loads must consistently start or operate in parallel with the related loadand be turned off with the latter. Higher stand by loads may affect or jam the detection of a base load. Typical applications: Fluorescent lamps, dimmer circuits and electronic transformers.
GLE base load element

PTC in a small coupler with connecting leads; can be used directly in a load, a switch box or a junction box. It is not capable of keeping the mains disconnection relay in the connected state without an additional load connected.
GLE
1x base load
EAN 4010312900970
5,00 /pc.
Phase Annunciator P3K12 Technical Data

P3K12
Phase annunciator. Standby loss 0.06 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. For visual monitoring of 1 to 3 phases 230 V. Indication with three red LEDs.
P3K12-230V
EAN 4010312701065
25,00 /pc.
Technical data
Contacts
Contact material Spacing of control connections/contact Test voltage contact to contact Test voltage control connection to contact Rated switching capacity
BZR12DDX
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 2000 V 10 A / 250 V AC
NR12
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm > 6 mm
AR12DX/FR12
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm , AR12DX: > 6 mm
FR61
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 10 A / 250 V AC 1000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on < _ 70A/10ms > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 10 3/h
2)
, NR12-002: 2000 V 4000 V , AR12DX: 4000 V 10 A / 250 V AC 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA

2)
16 A / 250 V AC 2300 W 1000 VA 1000 VA I on < _ 70A/10ms 2) 3) AR12DX: 15x7 W, 10x 20 W 3) > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 10 3/h LED
Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V 2000 W Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit 1000 VA or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* shunt-compensated or with EVG* Compact uorescent lamps with EVG * and energy saving lamps ESL Max. switching current DC1: 12 V / 24 V DC Life at rated load, cos = 1 at 100 / h and incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100 / h Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 at 100 / h Max. operating cycles Switching position indication / voltage indication Maximum conductor cross-section Two conductors of same cross-section Screw head Type of enclosure/terminals 500 VA
G7
15x7 W, 10x20 W 3) I on < _ 70A/10ms 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 10 3/h Display 6 mm2 2.5 mm2 slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 10 3/h LED 6 mm
2
6 mm
4 mm2 1.5 mm2 slotted / crosshead IP30 / IP20
2.5 mm2 slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
2.5 mm2 slotted / crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
Electronics
Time on Max./min. temperature at mounting location Control voltage range Stand by loss (active power) 230 V Stand by loss (active power) 12 V
4)
100 % +50C /-20C 0.9 bis 1.1x Unenn 0.5 W 0.05 W 0.06 F (200 m)
100 % +50C /-20C 180-250 V/50-60 Hz 0.8 W 0.06 F (200 m)
100 % +50C /-20C 0.9 to 1.1x rated voltage 0.8 W 0.06 F (200 m)
100 % +50C /-20C 0.9 to 1.1xrated voltage 0.8 W 0.06 F (200m)
Max. parallel capacitance (length) of control lead

1) 3)
*EVG = electronic ballast units; KVG = conventional ballast units Applies to lamps with max. 150 W. 2) A 40-fold inrush current must be expected for electronic ballast devices. When using DX types close attention must be paid that zero passage switching is activated! 4) Standby loss at 24V approx. two times greater than at 12V.
Compliance with: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1 and EN 60669
Shading Systems and Roller Shutter Control
The Modular Approach
The modular approach for the electrical trade Sensors for brightness, wind, rain, and frost Multifunction sensor relay MSR12 Digital settable sensor relay LRW12D Actuator impulse group switch EGS12Z Actuator impulse group switch EGS12Z2 Motor isolating relay MTR12 and DC motor relay DCM12 Actuator impulse group switch EGS61Z Installation guidelines and technical data Typical circuit example
H0 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H5 H6 H7 H8
Shading Systems and Roller Shutter Control
The modular approach for the electrical trade

Planning and realisation of a shading system or roller shutter control are classical tasks for the electrical installer. ELTAKO has developed a well thought-out modular system of control devices and switchgear for mounting in switch cabinets and distribution boards. The modular approach has been chosen to provide a control or switchgear device (module) for any desired function match the overall system, typically permitting an individual awning to be controlled as perfectly as a large system which comprises dozens of shutters, awnings, Venetian blinds, etc. Any assignment of control devices to the switchgear devices can be chosen, and provision is made for easy modications, retrotting and expansion, "bit by bit". There are four groups of devices 1. Sensors Sensors serve to detect the actual situation. A light sensor, for example, measures brightness and generates a control voltage as a function of it. Momentary contact switches are switches employed to transmit the SHUT or OPEN condition in terms of a voltage. 2. Sensor relays Sensor relays serve to convert the sensor-produced actual signals to control signals as a function of practical set points, whilst logic operations are performed and faulty sensors detected. Signals from switches and momentary contact switches do not require series-connected sensor relays as they act directly on actuators. 3. Actuators Actuators serve to control the motors of shading systems and roller shutters. These are group impulse switches in hybrid technology with central control functions and possibly motor isolating relays or DC motor relays. 4. Accessories Switching power supply units for the power supply of the multi sensor and the multifunction sensor relay as well as for the heating of the rain sensors are available as accessories.
Page Sensor relays H2+H3 Actuators H4-H6
H0
Multi sensor MS Rain sensor RS Light sensor LS Wind sensor WS Switches A12, momentary contact switches T12 and ZT12
Multifunction sensor relay MSR12 for brightness, twiligth, wind, rain and frost Light-twilight-rain-wind sensor relay LRW12D for light, twilight and wind
Group impulse switch EGS12Z Group impulse switch EGS12Z2 Group impulse switch EGS61Z Motor isolating relay MTR12 DC motor relay DCM12
The principle of overall control is quite simple: each shading element or its motor is controlled by an actuator that receives commands via sensors and, where tted, sensor relays. A complete Control System consists (as the smallest unit) of a switch or momentary contact switch controlled EGS12Z group impulse switch for one motor. The largest unit comprises any number of sensors and sensor relays as well as any number of impulse group switches EGS12Z and EGS12Z2 with or without motor isolating relay MTR12 and DC motor relay DCM12 to control the motors.
Sensors MS, RS, LS, WS, On/Off Switch and Momentary-contact Switches
Multi sensor MS
The MS multi sensor sends the current weather details, including brightness (from three points of the compass), wind, rain and frost, to the multifunction sensor relay MSR12 connected in series once per second. A standard telephone wire is sufcient as connecting lead: J-Y(ST)Y 2x2x 0,8 or equivalent. 100m line length is permitted. Solid plastic housing, l x w x h = 118x96x77mm. Degree of protection IP44. Temperature at mounting location -30C to +50C. A power supply unit SNT12-230 V/24 V DC (product group I) is required for the power supply, including heating of the rain sensor. This is only 1 module = 18mm wide and it also it supplies the multifunction sensor relay MSR12 (page H2). Several MSR12 can be connected to a multisensor MS, e.g. for evaluating up to three directions with the light sensor of the MS.
Multi sensor MS
EAN 4010312901731
263,70 /pc.
Rain sensor RS
The rain sensor RS reports rain to the sensor relay LRW12D connected in series once per second. A standard telephone wire is sufcient as connecting lead: J-Y(ST)Y 2x2x 0,8 or equivalent. 100m line length is permitted. Solid plastic housing, l x w x h = 118x96x77mm. Degree of protection IP44. Temperature at mounting location -30C to +50C. A power supply unit SNT61-230 V/24 V DC or SNT12-230 V/24 V DC (page I0) is required for the power supply, including heating of the rain sensor (1.2 W). An LED lights up green when the supply voltage is applied and lights up yellow for rain.
Regensensor RS
EAN 4010312206546
107,80 /pc.
Light sensor LS
The LS light sensor generates a voltage dependent on light intensity by means of a photo resistor. This voltage is evaluated in a LRW12D universal sensor relay connected in series. Solid plastic housing, l x w x h = 37x25x68mm. IP 54 enclosure protection. Temperature at mounting location -15C to +60C. For mounting, use aluminium bracket, or the fastening screw that also comes with the device, directly on the KM1 plastic mounting bracket of the wind sensor. Without measuring lead.
Light sensor LS
EAN 4010312901267
40,30 /pc.
H1
Wind sensor WS
The WS wind sensor provides a sequence of pulses as a function of the wind vane speed. This pulse sequence is evaluated in a LRW12D universal sensor relay connected in series. Solid plastic housing, 125mm dia. x117mm high. IP 54 enclosure protection. Temperature at mounting location -15C to +60C. For mounting, use KM1 plastic mounting bracket that comes with the device. With 5-metre measuring lead connected. The KM1 plastic mounting bracket is also available as an individual (accessory) item.
Wind sensor WS
EAN 4010312901281
50,40 /pc.
On/Off switch A12, momentary-contact switch T12 and ZT12

External control of actuators takes place by means of commercially available switches, momentary-contact switches, thermostats and, for particular applications, clock timers. Eltako switches and momentary - contact switches that are one module = 18 mm wide and 55 mm deep, are available for control in distribution boards and control panels as applicable, in particular the ZT12 dual momentary - contact switch for UP and DOWN central control.
On/Off switch Momentary-contact switch
1 NO A12-100-16 A 1 NO contact T12-100-16 A-blue
EAN 4010312700815 EAN 4010312700846 EAN 4010312700877
11,90 /pc. 13,20 /pc. 24,80 /pc.
Dual momentary-contact switch 1+1 NO contacts ZT12-200-16A-blue Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
Multifunction Sensor Relay MSR12

MSR12-8..230 V UC
Multifunction sensor relay for brightness, twilight, wind, rain and frost, 5 OptoMOS semiconductor outputs 50 mA /8..230 V UC. Standby loss without Multi sensor MS 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep. The multi-sensor relay MSR12 evaluates the signals from the multisensor MS once per second, and sends appropriate control signals to the downstream EGS12Z or EGS12Z2 actuators depending on the setting of the rotary switch on the front. The OptoMOS semiconductor outputs switch the voltage applied to the universal voltage input terminal +B1. Only a single Multisensor MS can be connected to a Multifunction sensor relay MSR12. Several MSR12 can be connected to a multisensor MS, e.g. for evaluating up to three directions with the light sensor of the MS. Only a single MSR12 must provide the outer terminal resistance. It must be removed if there is a further MSR12. Supply voltage 24 V DC from power Function rotary switches unit SNT12-230V/24V DC (product group I). This power unit simultaneously supplies the multisensor MS connected to the terminals MS1, MS2, MSA and MSB, including heating of the rain sensor surface. After installation wait for the short automatic synchronisation of approx. 1 minute. During this process three LEDs ash in a slow sequence. Function rotary switches BA = Setting the operating modes 1 to 10 from the adjacent table. 2 delay times RV - for wind and twilight - each in connection with 5 brightness ranges for light and twilight. The LED behind the rotary switch indicates Frost when the outdoor temperature drops below 2C, at which point output 6 closes. This output opens again as soon as the temperature is over 3C for 5 minutes. O-S-W = If the Multisensor MS is aligned towards the south, the weighting for light and twilight can be shifted towards the east or west. lf the MS is mounted in a different direction, the desired point of the compass can be set using this rotary switch. An LED behind the rotary switch indicates rain detection, at which point output 4 closes. Once the rain sensor surface dries out - assisted by a heating unit - contact 4 opens immediately. This is automatically followed by a 2-second pulse on output 2 if the sun signal is applied at that moment. Standard setting ex factory. m/s = This rotary switch is used to select the wind speed in metres per second at which the wind signal is triggered. This closes output 5. This is indicated by the LED behind the rotary switch. Opening takes place after the set delay time RV, during which the LED ashes. This is automatically followed by a 2-second pulse on output 2 if the sun signal is applied at that moment. DSR = In this position of the wind rotary switch the MSR12 functions like a twilight sensor relay. The twilight signal as described under Lux is then continuously applied to output 3 as long as the set twilight value is undershot. Output 3 opens with a delay of 5 minutes if the brightness value set is overshot. The outputs 4 (rain) and 6 (frost) remain active as described there. Output 5 (wind) likewise remain active, but the wind signal is triggered at 10 m /s. TEST = As long as TEST remains switched on, each switchover from the OFF position to the TEST position activates the outputs 2 to 6 in ascending order. OFF = In the OFF position the MSR12 has no function. Lux = This rotary switch is used to set the brightness at which the sun signal is immediately triggered as a 2-second pulse at output 2. The LED behind the rotary switch indicates when the brightness value is exceeded. = This rotary switch is used to set the brightness at which the 2-second twilight signal Lux is triggered at output 3 after the set delay time RV when the value is undershot. This is indicated by the LED behind the rotary switch. It ashes during the delay time. If the twilight switching threshold is set to the same level or higher than the sun switching threshold, then the sun switching threshold is raised internally above the twilight switching threshold. Changing light compensation: Constant changes between sun and rain clouds would result in sensitive closing and opening of the shade elements. This is prevented by a changing light compensation function. Sensor function and open circuit monitoring: The Multisensor MS sends updated information to the MSR12 every second. If this signal is missing completely for 5 seconds, or if the Technical data page H7. individual signal from the wind sensor is missing for 24 hours, then an alarm is triggered: Connection example page H8. three LEDs ash rapidly and the wind output 5 is closed for 2 seconds in order to protect any Housing for operating instructions awnings or windows which may be connected here. This pulse is repeated every hour. The GBA12 page Z2. alarm is turned off automatically when a signal is detected again.
H2
MSR12-8..230V UC
5 OptoMOS
EAN 4010312205327
87,40 /pc.
Digital settable Sensor Relay LRW12D

LRW12D-UC
Light-twilight rain wind sensor relay, 4 OptoMOS semiconductor outputs 50 mA/8..230 V UC. Standby loss 0.05 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Supply voltage 8 to 230 V UC. segment 2 The sensor relay LRW12D evaluates the signals from the light sensor LS, the rain sensor RS and segment 3 the wind sensor WS and sends appropriate control signals to the downstream EGS12Z or EGS12Z2 actuators depending on the setting via the display on the front panel. The OptoMOS semiconductor outputs switch the voltage applied to the universal voltage input terminal +B1. A light sensor LS, rain sensor RS and wind sensor WS can be connected to a sensor relay LRW12D. However, only one per sensor. However, at a wind sensor WS several LRW12D can be connected for controlling different wind speeds. Then the LRW12D must be connected to the same potential +B1/-A2. When the supply voltage UC (8-253 V AC or 10-230 V DC) is applied to B1/A2, the LRW12D can be set: First segment 1 indicates 'LS' or 'DSR' and segment 3 may then indicate closed outputs 2, 3, 4 or 5. 'LS' indicates that the LRW12D is set as light sensor relay (factory setting) and 'DSR' shows that it is set as light-twilight relay. In both settings, the signals of connected rain and wind sensors may also be evaluated. A light sensor need not be connected. Segment 2 indicates alternating events: s = brightness overshot (sun), m = brightness undershot (moon). If a release delay runs, the affected output ashes in segment 3. Select the function for which values require changes by pressing the countersunk buttons MODE and SET: LS = light sensor, WS = wind sensor, RS = rain sensor, DSR = light-twilight relay, TST = test and OFF = switch all functions on/off. Subfunctions at LS = light sensor Display current light sensor measuring value LSM in klux. At LSS set the brightness from 3 to 60klux; this setting immediately triggers the sun signal as a 2 second impulse at output 2 in the event of an overshoot. At LSD set the brightness from 1 to 40 klux; this setting triggers the light-twilight signal as a 2-second impulse at output 3 in the event of an undershoot dependent on the set delay time. Subfunctions at WS = wind sensor Display current wind sensor measuring value WSM in m/s. At WSS set the wind speed from 2 to 20m/s; this setting immediately triggers the wind signal by closing output 5 in the event of an overshoot. If the wind speed again drops below the set value, the output is released after the set delay time. If the sun signal is applied at this moment, a 2-second impulse is triggered at output 2. Subfunctions at RS = rain sensor When it rains, output 4 is closed. After the sensor surface is dried with the help of the heater, output 4 opens on expiry of the set delay time. If the sun signal is applied at this moment, a 2-second impulse is triggered at output 2. Subfunctions at DSR = light/twilight sensor relay At DSD set the brightness from 20 to 800 lux; this immediately closes output 3 in the event of an undershoot. Hysteresis then increments automatically by 2 steps higher. At DSS set the brightness from 160 to 2000 lux; this opens output 3 in the event of an overshoot on expiry of the set delay time. Hysteresis then decrements automatically by 2 steps lower. The 'TST' function closes the OptoMOS outputs 2, 3, 4 and 5 in succession for testing and the 'OFF' function switches the LRW12D on or off. After the setting operation the required values can be interlocked. Changing light compensation Darstellung ist die StandardConstant changes between sun and rain clouds would result in sensitive closing and opening of the shade elements. einstellung ab Werk. This is prevented by a changing light compensation function. Sensor function and open circuit monitoring If the signal from the light sensor or the wind sensor is missing for 24 hours, then an alarm is triggered: The display indicates 'FLS' or 'FWS'. Failure of the wind sensor results in a 2-seconds pulse at output 5 in order to protect any awnings or windows which may be connected here. This pulse is repeated every hour. Rain sensor failure or a line break causes output 4 to close. The display indicates 'FRS' 36 hours later. If several faults occur simultaneously, they are each displayed for one second in succession. When signals are detected again, each alarm stops automatically.
segment 1
H3
Technical data page H7. Connection example page H9. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
LRW12D-UC
4 OptoMOS
EAN 4010312206553
65,30 /pc.
Actuator EGS12Z
EGS12Z-8..230 V UC
Impulse group switch for central control, 1 + 1 NO contacts not potential free 16 A / 250 V AC, for 1 motor or motor relays. Standby loss 0.05 0.4 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. This impulse group switch serves to implement commands generated by the sensor relays or by switches and push-buttons and controls a motor, a motor isolating relay MTR12-8..230 V UC or a DC motor relay DCM12-8..230 V UC dependent on the setting of the rotary switch on the front. 8 to 230 V UC supply voltage and switching voltage at terminals +B1/-A2. The control voltage at terminals A3 up to A8 must have an identical potential. The function of this electronic group impulse switch is based on the principle that, on the one hand, impulse control is used to obtain UP-Stop-DOWN-Stop (contact 1 closed - both contacts open - contact 2 closed - both contacts open) and, on the other hand, additional control inputs can be used to select UP or DOWN as desired. Dynamic refers to control inputs for which one impulse of not less than 20 milliseconds is sufcient to close a contact. Static denotes a control input for which the contact is only closed as long as the control command is applied. UP and DOWN apply to roller shutters, Venetian blinds and roller blinds. For awnings, 'UP' = retract and 'DOWN' = extend. For windows 'UP' = open and 'DOWN' = close. Function rotary switches AUTO 1 = When the lower rotary switch is in this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is activated. When a push-button connected to A3 + A4 (connected with a bridge) or A5/A6 connected to a dual push-button are used for local control a double impulse activates a slow rotation in the opposite direction, which can be stopped with a further impulse. AUTO 2 = When the lower rotary switch is in this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is completely switched off. AUTO 3 = When the lower rotary switch is in this position, the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is switched off as well. The central control inputs A5 and A6 though, which are dynamic at AUTO 1 and AUTO 2, are static at rst, thus, allow reversal of Venetian blinds by operating push-buttons. They only switch to dynamic after 1 second continuous operation. = (UP) and (DOWN) of the lower rotary switch are the positions for manual control. Manual control has priority over all other control commands. WA = Automatic reversal for Venetian blinds and awnings is controlled by means of the middle rotary switch. 0 = OFF, otherwise from 0.1 to 5 seconds ON with selected reversal time. In this case, it is only for DOWN that the direction is reversed on time-out of the time lag selected by means of the top rotary switch, e.g. to extend awnings or set Venetian blinds to a defined position. RV = The time delay (delay time RV) is set by means of the top rotary switch. If, the group impulse switch is in the UP or DOWN position the selected delay time runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automatically to STOP. Therefore, the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter will need to move from one limit position to the other. The LED indication for the delay times WA and RV is located behind this rotary switch. Local control with push-button connected to terminals A3 + A4 (to be connected with a bridge). Each impulse causes the group impulse switch to change its position in the UP-Stop-DOWN-Stop sequence. Local control with roller shutter toggle switch connected to terminals A3 and A4. Local control with dual roller shutter push-button connected to A5 and A6. The 'UP' or 'DOWN' position is activated with an impulse by push-button. A further impulse from one of the two pushbuttons stops the sequence immediately. Central control dynamic without priority connected to terminals A5 (UP) and A6 (DOWN). Up or DOWN is activated by a control signal. A further control signal (< 700 ms) at this control imput interrupts this process immediately, a further control signal (> 700 ms) continues the process. This is without priority because the local input A3 + A4 (with bridge) and the central control inputs A7 and A8 can immediately override even whilst the control contact on A5 or A6 is still closed. Central control dynamic with priority connected to terminals A7 (UP) and A8 (DOWN). With priority because these control inputs cannot be overridden by other control inputs as long as the central control contact is closed. Otherwise it has the same function as the central control dynamic without priority. These central control inputs A7 and A8 are used for the sensor relays MSR12 and LRW12D for the wind sensor, the frost sensor and the rain sensor functions as these are required to have absolute priority over other sensor commands.
H4
Technical data page H7. Connection example page H10. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
EGS12Z-8..230V UC
1 + 1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312107737
69,80 /pc.
Actuators EGS12Z2, MTR12 and DCM12

EGS12Z2-8..230 V UC
Impulse group switch for central control, 2+2 NO contacts not potential free 5 A / 250 V AC, for two 230 V-motors. Standby loss 0.05 0.9 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Supply voltage 8..230 V UC at terminals +B1/-A2. The control voltage at terminals A3 up to A8 must have an identical potential. This impulse group switch serves to implement commands generated by the sensor relays or by switches and push-buttons and controls two 230 V motors according to the setting of the rotary switches on the front. 1/2 = motor 1, 3/4 = motor 2. The mode of operation corresponds completely to the impulse group switch EGS12Z on page H4 in which a MTR12 as described below is integrated. Technical data page H7. Connection example page H9. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
EGS12Z2-8..230V UC
2 + 2 NO 5 A
EAN 4010312108031
92,60 /pc.
MTR12-8..230 V UC
Motor isolating relay, 2+2 NO contacts not potential free 5 A / 250 V AC for one or two 230 V-motors. Standby loss 0.5 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Universal control voltage 8..230 V UC. 230 V supply voltage. The tube-mounted motors of shading elements and roller shutters must not be connected in parallel, or reverse voltages will occur through the limit switches, ultimately causing failure of the motors. For one motor and if the control voltage and the motor voltage are 230 V, one EGS12Z is adequate. Where more than one motor is controlled by an EGS12Z or in case the control voltage is different, one MTR12 must be connected to two motors. It must be remembered that the MTR12 devices, while they can be operated in parallel, require unassigned contact outputs K2/K3 of the controlling EGS12Z. These have to be connected to terminals K2/K3 of the MTR12. 1/2 = motor 1, 3/4 = motor 2. The functions UP and DOWN may be blocked or switched off entirely by a rotary switch. This block applies only to the max. 2 connected motors. Therefore single shading elements or roller shutters can be completely or partially excepted from the automatic function of an over-all control.
Function rotary switch MTR12 and DCM12
H5
Technical data page H7. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
MTR12-8..230V UC
2 + 2 NO 5 A
EAN 4010312205211
57,80 /pc.
DCM12-8..230 V UC
DC motor relay, 2 NO contacts not potential free 24 V DC / 90 Watt, for one 24 V DC motor. Standby loss 0.07 watt only.
Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Universal control voltage 8..230 V UC. 24 V DC supply voltage. The DCM12 can be operated in parallel, but they require unassigned contact outputs K2/K3 of the controlling EGS12Z. These have to be connected to terminals K2/ K3 of the DCM12. The functions UP and DOWN may be blocked or switched off entirely by a rotary switch. This block applies only to the 1 connected motor. Therefore single shading elements or roller shutters can be completely or partially excepted from the automatic function of an over-all control. Technical data page H7. Housing for operating instructions GBA12 page Z2.
DCM12-8..230V UC
2 NO 90 W
EAN 4010312205310
57,80 /pc.
Actuator EGS61Z
EGS61Z-230 V
Impulse group switch for central control, 1 + 1 NO contacts not potential free 10A/250V AC, for one 230V AC motor. Standby loss 0.4 watt only.
For installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 32 mm deep. State-of-the-art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays. This impulse group switch serves to implement commands generated by the sensor relays or by switches and push-buttons and controls a 230V motor for a shading element or a roller shutter. 230V control voltage, supply voltage and switching voltage. By using bistable relays coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode. The switched consumer may not be connected to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. By push-button at A1 impulse control is used to obtain UP-Stop-DOWN-Stop. Additional control inputs A7 and A8 can be used for central control UP or DOWN with priority. A1, A7 and A8 need the same potential as L. With priority because these control inputs cannot be overridden by other control inputs as long as the central control contact is closed. Up or DOWN is activated by a control signal. A further control signal (< 700ms) at this control imput interrupts this process immediately, a further control signal (> 700ms) continues the process. The time delay (delay time RV) is set by means of the rotary switch RV. If, the group impulse switch is in the UP or DOWN position the selected delay time runs (elapses); at time-out the device changes automatically to STOP. Therefore, the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter will need to move from one limit position to the other. With the rotary switch WA automatic reversal is controlled: in the setting from 0.5 to 2 sec. reversal time the automatic reversal is activated. In this case, it is only for DOWN that the direction is reversed on time-out of the time lag selected by means of the top rotary switch RV, e.g. to extend awnings or set Venetian blinds to a dened position. AUTO 1: No automatic reversal and no local advanced automatic reversing system. A7 and A8 operation < 1s static process (contact closes only during operation) operation > 1s dynamic process (contact remains closed), stop command by new operation. AUTO 2: Automatic reversal with 1s reversal time. Additionally the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds at A1 is active: a double impulse activates a slow rotation in the opposite direction, which can be stopped with a further impulse.
Typical connection
H6
Technical data page H7.
central down
central up
EGS61Z-230V
1 + 1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312108123
53,50 /pc.
Technical Data Shading Systems and Roller Shutter Control
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap Spacing of control connections/contact Test voltage as per VDE 0110 control connection/contact Rated switching capacity Inductive laod cos = 0.6 / 230 V AC Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 Switch position indication Maximum conductor cross-section (3-fold terminal) Two conductors of same cross-section (3-fold terminal) Screw head Type of enclosure / terminals
EGS12Z
b)
EGS12Z2
b)
EGS61Z
b)
LRW12 D / MSR12 1) MTR12 / DCM12

OptoMOS 3 mm/6 mm LRW12D: 2000 V MSR12: 4000 V 50 mA/8..230 V UC LED 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) OptoMOS 3 mm 2000 V 5 A /250 V AC DCM: 90 W MTR12: 650 W 2) >4x10 4 LED 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2) slotted /crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 2000 V 16 A /250 V AC 650 W >4x10 4 WA and RV 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 2000 V 5 A /250 V AC 650 W 2) >4x10 4 WA and RV 6 mm2 (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)
AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 2000 V 10 A /250 V AC 400 W >4x10 4 4 mm2 1.5 mm2
slotted /crosshead, slotted /crosshead, slotted /crosshead slotted /crosshead, pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv IP50 / IP20 IP50 / IP20 IP30 / IP20 IP50 / IP20
Electronics
Time on (also for central on/off) Max./min. temperature at mounting location Standby loss (active power) at 230 V Standby loss (active power) at 24 V Standby loss (active power) at 12 V 100 % +50C/-20C 0.4W 0.1W 0,05 W 100 % +50C/-20C 0.9 W 0.1W 0,05 W 100 % +50C/-20C 0.4W 100 % +50C/-20C LRW12D: 0.5 W MSR12: LRW12D: 0.1W MSR12: 0.5 W LRW12D: 0,05 W MSR12: 100 % +50C/-20C MTR12: 0.5 W DCM12: 0.07 W 0.1/0.2/1mA
Control current A1 or A3-A8 at 12/24/230V 20% 0.05/0.11/0.7mA 0.05/0.11/0.7mA // 0.7mA Min. command duration
b)
H7
50 ms
50 ms
50 ms
Bistable relay as relay contact. Do not connect the switched consumer to the mains before the short automatic synchronisation after installation has terminated. After installation and after a power failure the multisensor needs approx. 1 minute before the wind sensor is active. During this process the outputs wind and sun of the MSR12 are blocked and 3 LEDs ash slowly. 2) Inductive load cos = 0.6 as sum of both contacts 1000 W max.
1)
If necessary, see the operating instructions of the appropriate shading elements for the maximum wind speed that can be set for the sensor relays.
m /s km/h Bft 4 14.4 3 6 21.6 4 8 28.8 4 10 36.0 5 12 43.2 6 14 50.4 7 16 57.6 7
Do not route measurement leads parallel to other electrical lines - measurement leads must be screened statically if longer than 10 m. For example JY-ST-Y. To extend leads use screw terminals and damp-proof connectors. When selecting an installation site for light, wind and multi sensors, ensure that the sensors are not in the shadow of the objects being monitored.
H8
L (+)
ZT12 MSR12-8..230V UC
M
SNT1224V
EGS12Z
EGS12Z
from smoke sensor (up)

+B1 -A2 N L N L +A3+A5+A4 +A3+A5+A4 +K2+K3 -A2 +K2+K3 -A2
Technische Daten Seite H6. Gehuse fr Bedienungsanleitungen GBA12 Seite Z2.

Frost
6 +B1
+B1 -A2 +A3+A5+A4 +A3+A5+A4 +B1 -A2 +B1 -A2
Rain
Wind
Sun
Twilight
Typical Circuit Example of a Shading System Control
LDW12-8..230 V UC
-24V +24V EGS12Z EGS12Z MTR12 MTR12
M
MS2 MS1 MSA MSB
+A7+A6 +A8 K2 K3 K2 K3 K2 K3 K2 K3 +A7+A6 +A8 +A7+A6 +A8 +A7+A6 +A8 3 1 4 2 3 1 4 2
N(-)
8-230 V UC
Multi sensor MS
With multifunction sensor relay MSR12
UP
4 5 2 3
For clarity, the L and N connections are not shown. Similarily, provision made for local control through A3 and A4 are not shown.
einschlielich GBA12
M M M M M
DOWN
Dual momentarycontact switch for total manual control of shading elements Awnings control with sun sensor, twilight sensor, rain sensor and wind sensor Venetian blind control with sun sensor, twilight sensor, rain sensor and wind sensor
Dormer window control with frost sensor
Roller blind control with sun sensor and twilight sensor, here up to 4 roller blinds in parallel
EAN 4010312 205259

Sensor relays
Sensors
Actuators
65,30 EURO/St.
When controlling with 230 V (+B1= L, -A2 = N) the 230 V motors are directly connected to K 2, K3 and N. Otherwise motor isolating relays MTR12 must be interconnected to K2/K3. A night time window can be set with the digital time switch DW12-001-230 V so that the multi sensor does not cause any disturbance. To do this, program the changeover as follows: in the daytime the terminal +B1 of MSR12 connect to L(+) and at night time L(+) direct to terminal 3 of MSR12. This simulates twilight at the beginning of the time window in order to open all shading elements and at the same time all sensors are switched off.
Lagertype
Typical Circuit Example of a Shading System Control and Roller Shutter Control
Shading system with the light, twilight, rain and wind sensor relay LRW12D
L (+) N(-) 8-230 V UC
WS
+B1 -A2 LS GND WS
+B1 -A2 +A3+A5+A4
UP
LS
EGS12Z LRW12D
RS
5 4 RS 3 +A7+A6 +A8 K2 K3
DOWN
24V DC/1.2W
SNT12-230 V/24V DC SNT61-230 V/24V DC
Twilight
Awnings control with sun sensor, twilight sensor and wind sensor
Local control with dual momentary-contact switch Sensor
Rain
Wind
Sensors
Sensor relays
Sun
Actuators
When controlling with 230 V (+B1= L, -A2 = N) the 230 V awning motor is directly connected to K2, K3 and N. Otherwise a motor isolating relay MTR12 must be interconnected to K2 / K3.
Roller shutter control with EGS12Z2

For clarity, the L and N connections for the 230 V motors are not shown.
8-230V UC
H9
UP DOWN
M
3 1 4 2
UP DOWN
M
3 1 4 2 3 1
M
4 2
up
central down
Local control with dualroller shutter momentary contact switch
Local control with roller shutter toggle switch
Local control with push-button
H10
Typical Circuit Examples of a Roller Shutter Control
Technische Daten Seite H6. Gehuse fr Bedienungsanleitungen GBA12 Seite Z2.

+B1 -A2 +B1 -A2
LDW12-8..230 V UC
N L N L 1
+A3+A5+A4 +A3+A5+A4 +K2+K3 -A2 +K2+K3 -A2
L(+)
N(-)
8-230 V UC
+B1 -A2
+A3+A5+A4
UP
EGS12Z
UP DOWN
M M
EGS12Z EGS12Z MTR12 MTR12 ZT12
DOWN UP DOWN
M M M
Roller shutter control with EGS12Z
+A7+A6 +A8
+A7+A6 +A8
+A7+A6 +A8
3 1 2 1 2
3 2
For clarity, the L and N connections for the 230 V motors are not shown.
einschlielich GBA12
K2 K3 K2 K3
K2
K3
EAN 4010312 205259

Local control with push-button; here up to 4 roller shutters in parallel
Local control with dual roller shutter momentary-contact switch
Local control with roller shutter toggle switch
Dual momentary-contact switch for central control UP and DOWN
Using a week time switch with 1 CO the roller shutter control can be automated time-dependent by programming the changeover as follows: in the daytime terminal +A3 must be connected to L(+) and at night time switching over to +A4. All other control inputs except the local control with a push-button stay active for local and central control. Using the light, twilight, rain and wind sensor relay LRW12D-UC the roller shutter control can be automated brightness-dependent by connecting terminal +A5 of the EGS12Z to the output 2 of the LRW12D and terminal +A6 with the output 3. All other control inputs stay active for local and central control.
65,30 EURO/St.
Lagertype
Switching Power Supply Units and Wide-range Switching Power Supply Units
The Better Choice
Wide-range switching power supply units WNT12 6, and 12 W Wide-range switching power supply units WNT12 24 and 48 W Switching power supply units SNT12 6, 12 and 24 W Switching power supply units SNT61 6 W Technical data
I0 I1 I2 I3 I4
Wide-range Switching Power Supply Units WNT12
The better choice

Power supply units can be high power consumers - but not the switching power supply units from Eltako: the standby loss for the 12 and 24 W models is only 0.2 watt and for the 6 W models even less with only 0.1 watts ! An important factor governing the output of power supply units is efciency. Here you can expect peak values of 81% to 87% from our products.
WNT12-12V DC-6W/0,5A and WNT12-24V DC-6W/0,25A

Rated capacity 6 W. Standby loss 0.1 watt only.
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Even at full load a ventilation clearance is not neccessary. Wide-range input voltage 88 - 264 V (110 V -20 % up to 240 V +10 %). Efciency 12 V DC 81%, 24 V DC 82%. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of switching off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
Technical data page I 4.
WNT12-12V DC-6W/0,5A WNT12-24V DC-6W/0,25A
EAN 4010312300091 EAN 4010312300107
49,70 /pc. 49,70 /pc.
WNT12-12V DC-12W/1A and WNT12-24V DC-12W/0,5A I0

Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. At a load of more than 50 % of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/ 2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides. Wide-range input voltage 88 - 264 V AC (110 V -20 % up to 240 V +10 %). Efciency 12 V DC 83%, 24V DC 86 %. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
WNT12-12V DC-12W/1A WNT12-24V DC-12W/0,5A Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
EAN 4010312901748 EAN 4010312901755
59,90 /pc. 59,90 /pc.
Wide-range Switching Power Supply Units WNT12

WNT12-12V DC-24W/2 A and WNT12-24V DC-24W/1A
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep. At a load of more than 50 % of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/ 2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides. Wide-range input voltage 88 - 264 V AC (110 V -20 % up to 240 V +10 %). Efciency 12 V DC 83%, 24V DC 87%. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
WNT12-12V DC-24W/2A WNT12-24V DC-24W/1A
EAN 4010312300077 EAN 4010312300084
77,80 /pc. 77,80 /pc.
WNT12-24V DC-48W/2 A
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 4 modules = 72 mm wide, 58 mm deep. At a load of more than 50 % of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/ 2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides. Wide-range input voltage 88-264 V AC (110 V -20 % up to 240 V +10 %). Efciency 87%. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of switching off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
I1
WNT12-24V DC-48W/2A Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
EAN 4010312300114
116,70 /pc.
Switching Power Supply Units SNT12

SNT12-230 V/12V DC- 0,5 A and SNT12-230 V/24V DC- 0,25 A
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. Even at full load a ventilation clearance is not neccessary. Input voltage 230V (-20 % up to +10 %). Efciency 12 V DC 81%, 24V DC 82%. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function). Technical data page I 4.
SNT12-230V/12V DC-0,5A SNT12-230V/24V DC-0,25A
EAN 4010312301210 EAN 4010312301227
37,60 /St. 37,60 /St.
SNT12-230 V/12V DC-1 A and SNT12-230 V/24V DC- 0,5 A

Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 58 mm deep. At a load of more than 50 % of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/ 2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides. Input voltage 230V (-20 % up to +10 %). Efciency 12 V DC 83%, 24V DC 86 %. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
I2
SNT12-230V/12V DC-1A SNT12-230V/24V DC-0,5A
EAN 4010312301111 EAN 4010312301128
42,80 /pc. 42,80 /pc.
SNT12-230 V/12V DC-2 A and SNT12-230 V/24V DC-1A

Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 58 mm deep. At a load of more than 50 % of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/ 2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides. Input voltage 230V (-20 % up to +10 %). Efciency 12 V DC 83%, 24V DC 87%. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
SNT12-230V/12V DC-2A SNT12-230V/24V DC-1A Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
EAN 4010312301135 EAN 4010312301142
58,60 /pc. 58,60 /pc.
Switching Power Supply Units SNT61

SNT61-230 V/12V DC- 0,5 A
Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 33 mm deep. Input voltage 230V (-20 % up to +10 %). Efciency 81%. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
SNT61-230V/12V DC-0,5A
EAN 4010312301319
37,60 /pc.
SNT61-230 V/24V DC- 0,25 A

Built-in device for installation. 45 mm long, 55 mm wide, 33 mm deep. Input voltage 230V (-20 % up to +10 %). Efciency 82%. Stabilised output voltage 1%, low residual ripple. Short-circuit proof. Overload protection and over-temperature switch-off by means of swichting off with automatic switching-on after fault clearance (autorecovery function).
I3
SNT61-230V/24V DC-0,25A Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
EAN 4010312301326
37,60 /pc.
Technical Data Switching Power Supply Units and Wide-range Switching Power Supply Units
WNT12-12V DC- WNT12-24V DC- WNT12-12V DC- WNT12-24 V DC- WNT12-12 V DC- WNT12-24V DC- WNT12-24V DC24W/1A 24W/2 A 12W/1A 12W/0,5A 48W/2 A 6 W/0,5A 6 W/0,25 A SNT12-230 V/ 12 V DC-0,5 A Type Output wattage Output voltage, tolerance Output current Standby loss Residual ripple Isolation class Class of protection Starting current 3) Efciency Overload protection short-term Overvoltage protection Short-circuit proof 4) Over-temperature protection 4) Switchable in parallel, number SNT61-230 V/ 12 V DC-0,5 A 6 W 1) 12V DC, 1% 0.5 A 0.1W 100 mV II IP 20 18 A /230V 81% 160-200% 140-170% yes yes 2 SNT61: SNT12-230 V/ 24 V DC-0,25 A SNT61-230 V/ 24 V DC-0,25 A 6 W 1) 24V DC, 1% 0.25 A 0.1W 100 mV II IP 20 18 A /230V 82 % 160-200% 140-170% yes yes 2 SNT61: 2 2 2 2 2 modules, 36mm 4 modules, 72mm 12 W 2) 12V DC, 1% 1A 0.2 W 100 mV II IP 20 18 A /230V 83 % 160-200% 140-170% yes yes 12 W 2) 24V DC, 1% 0.5 A 0.2 W 100 mV II IP 20 18 A /230V 86 % 160-200% 140-170% yes yes 24W 2) 12V DC, 1% 2A 0.2 W 100 mV II IP 20 18 A /230V 83 % 160-200% 140-170% yes yes 24W 2) 24V DC, 1% 1A 0.2 W 100 mV II IP 20 18 A /230V 87% 160-200% 140-170% yes yes 48W 2) 24V DC, 1% 2A 0.4 W 100 mV II IP 20 18 A /230V 87% 160-200% 140-170% yees yes SNT12-230 V/ 12 V DC-1A SNT12-230 V/ 24 V DC-0,5A SNT12-230 V/ 12 V DC-2 A SNT12-230 V/ 24 V DC-1A
Size
1 module, 18mm 1 module, 18mm 1 module, 18mm 1 module, 18mm 2 modules, 36mm SNT61: SNT61: 45x55x33 mm 45x55x33 mm -10/+50 -10/+50 -10/+50 -10/+50
Operating temperature C -10/+50
-10/+50
-10/+50
I4
1) 2)
Even at full load a ventilation clearance is not neccessary. At a load of more than 50 % of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12 W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1/ 2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides. 3) If connected on the primary side, 2 ms. 4) With autorecovery function after fault clearance.
Compliance with: EN 60 950, EN 55 022 and EN 61000-6-2
Electromechanical Impulse Switches
1- and 2-pole impulse switches S09 and S12 Impulse multicircuit switch SS12, 4-pole impulse switches 16 A S12 and auxiliary contact KM12 Impulse switches, impulse multicircuit switch and impulse group switch S91, S81, SS81 and GS81 1-, 2- and 4-pole impulse switches 25 A XS12 Terminal connections Technical data
Pole Position S
J2
J3
J4 J5 J6 J7
Impulse Switches with 1 and 2 contacts S09 and S12
Pole Position S
When we introduced the rst ELTAKO impulse switches in 1949, they were already standing in the pole position in Europe and since then we have defended this position time and again with innovative products, highest quality, best possible service and attractive prices. Then, impulse switches were also called impulse relays, step switches or latching relays.
S091 NO contact 16 A/230 V AC

Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. Only module = 9 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Control power demand 5 W. For impulse control. Contact gap 3 mm.
S09-230 V
Technical data page J7.
S09-12V S09-230V S09-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC
1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312104187 EAN 4010312104200
22,10 /pc. 22,10 /pc. 23,80 /pc.
S12-100-/200-/1101-pole and 2-pole 16 A/250 V AC

Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. 100 % time on. Control power demand 5-6 W only. Contacts 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO + 1 NC. Contact gap 3 mm. Spacing of control connections/contact > 6 mm. For control voltages up to 48 V AC and 110 V DC suitable for SELV net. 4-pole devices S12, page J3 and devices for 25 A XS12, page J5. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12, page J3. * Non-standard control voltages: 42, 48, 60 and 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC. The terminal compatible hybrid impulse switches ES12DX-UC, ES12-200-8..230 V UC and ES12-110-8..230 V UC may be used as well.
J2
S12-100-230 V
S12-100-12V S12-100-230V S12-100-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC S12-100-* S12-200-12V S12-200-230V S12-200-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC S12-200-* S12-110-12V S12-110-230V S12-110-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC S12-110-*
1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A
EAN 4010312100455 EAN 4010312100479
21,30 /pc. 21,30 /pc. 23,00 /pc. 24,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 28,50 /pc. 30,60 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 28,50 /pc. 30,60 /pc.
EAN 4010312100530 EAN 4010312100554
EAN 4010312100493 EAN 4010312100516
Impulse Multicircuit Switch SS12, 4-pole 16A Impulse Switches S12 and Auxiliary Contact KM12
SS12-110Impulse multicircuit switch, 1 + 1 NO contacts 16 A /250 V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. 100 % time on. Control power demand 5-6 W. Contact gap 3 mm. Spacing of control connections/contact > 6 mm. For control voltages up to 48 V AC and 110 V DC suitable for SELV net. * Non-standard control voltages: 8, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC. The hybrid impulse switch ESR12DDX-UC may be used as well. SS12-110-230 V Technical data page J7.
SS12-110-12V SS12-110-230V SS12-110-*
1 + 1 NO 16 A 1 + 1 NO 16 A 1 + 1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312101346 EAN 4010312101124
27,70 /pc. 27,70 /pc. 31,80 /pc.
S12-400-/310-/2204-pole 16 A /250V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator, for impulse control. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Time on: impulse control only. Control power demand 12-15 W. Contacts: 4 NO, 3 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO + 2 NC. Contact gap 3 mm. Devices for 25 A XS12, page J5. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12. * Non-standard control voltages: 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC. Technical data page J7.
S12-220-230 V
S12-400-230V S12-400-* S12-310-230V S12-310-* S12-220-230V S12-220-*
4 NO 16 A 4 NO 16 A 3 NO + 1 NC 16 A 3 NO + 1 NC 16 A 2 NO + 2 NC 16 A 2 NO + 2 NC 16 A
EAN 4010312104484 EAN 4010312100639 EAN 4010312100592
40,70 /pc. 46,80 /pc. 40,70 /pc. 46,80 /pc. 40,70 /pc. 46,80 /pc.
J3
KM12
Contact module, 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact 4 A /250V AC
Retrottable to the left of all impulse switches S12 and XS12 as well as switching relays and installation contactors R12 and XR12. module = 9 mm wide, 55 mm deep.
KM12
Auxiliary contact 1 NO + 1 NC, 4A
EAN 4010312901243
13,20 /pc.
Impulse Switches with 1 and 2 contacts S91, S81, SS81 and GS81
S91-1001 NO contact 10 A /250V AC
Built-in devices for installation and surface mounting. With manual control and switch position indicator. 50 mm long, 26 mm wide, 32 mm deep. Time on 100 %. Control power demand 4-5 W. Contact gap 2 mm. The hybrid impulse switch ES61-8..230 V UC may be used as well. S91-100-230 V Technical data page J7. Mounting accessory page Z1.
S91-100-12V S91-100-230V S91-100-*
1 NO 10 A 1 NO 10 A 1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312103517 EAN 4010312103531
22,00 /pc. 22,00 /pc. 25,60 /pc.
S81-001-/0021 or 2 CO contacts 10 A /250V AC

Built-in devices for installation and surface mounting. With manual control and switch position indicator. 50 mm long, 42 mm wide, 32 mm deep. Time on 100 %. Control power demand 5-5.5 W. Contact gap 2 mm. In applications with 1 CO without glowlamp current the hybrid impulse switch ESR61M-8..230 V UC may be used as well. S81-002-230 V Technical data page J7. Mounting accessory page Z1.
S81-001-12V S81-001-230V S81-001-* S81-002-12V S81-002-230V S81-002-*
1 CO 10 A 1 CO 10 A 1 CO 10 A 2 CO 10 A 2 CO 10 A 2 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312103470 EAN 4010312103494 EAN 4010312103319 EAN 4010312103333
21,90 /pc. 21,90 /pc. 25,40 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 30,60 /pc.
SS81-002Multicircuit switch 1 + 1 CO contacts 10 A /250V AC

Built-in device for installation and surface mounting. With manual control and switch position indicator. 50 mm long, 42 mm wide, 32 mm deep. Time on 100 %. Control power demand 5-5.5 W. Contact gap 2 mm. In applications with 1 + 1 NO without glowlamp current the hybrid impulse switch ESR61M-8..230 V UC may be used as well. SS81-002-230 V Technical data page J7. Mounting accessory page Z1.
J4
SS81-002-*
1 + 1 CO 10 A
31,80 /pc.
GS81-002Group switch 1 + 1 CO contact 10 A /250V AC

Built-in device for installation and surface mounting. With manual control and switch position indicator. 50 mm long, 42 mm wide, 32 mm deep. Time on 100 %. Control power demand 5-5.5 W only. Contact gap 2 mm. In applications with 1 + 1 NO without glowlamp current the hybrid impulse switch ESR61M-8..230 V UC may be used as well. Technical data page J7. Mounting accessory page Z1.
GS81-002-12 V
GS81-002-*
1 + 1 CO 10 A
31,80 /pc.
* Non-standard control voltages: 8, 24, 42, 48, 60 and 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC. SS81 and GS81 also 12 V and 230 V/50 Hz.
1-, 2- and 4-pole 25 A Impulse Switches XS12

XS12-100-/200-/1101-pole and 2-pole, 25 A /250V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. 100 % time on. Control power demand 5-6 W. Contacts: 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO + 1 NC. Contact gap 3 mm. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12, page J3. XS12-110-230 V Technical data page J7.
XS12-100-12V XS12-100-24V XS12-100-230V XS12-100-12V DC XS12-100-24V DC XS12-200-12V XS12-200-24V XS12-200-230V XS12-200-12V DC XS12-200-24V DC XS12-110-12V XS12-110-24V XS12-110-230V XS12-110-12V DC XS12-110-24V DC
1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NC 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A
EAN 4010312101490 EAN 4010312101506 EAN 4010312101513 EAN 4010312104354 EAN 4010312101476 EAN 4010312101582 EAN 4010312101599 EAN 4010312101605 EAN 4010312104392 EAN 4010312101612 EAN 4010312101537 EAN 4010312101544 EAN 4010312101551 EAN 4010312104385 EAN 4010312101568
27,00 /pc. 27,00 /pc. 25,10 /pc. 27,00 /pc. 27,00 /pc. 32,20 /pc. 32,20 /pc. 29,60 /pc. 32,20 /pc. 32,20 /pc. 32,20 /pc. 32,20 /pc. 29,60 /pc. 32,20 /pc. 32,20 /pc.
XS12-400-/310-/2204-pole 25 A /250V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator, for impulse control. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Time on: impulse control only. Control power demand 12-15 W. Contacts: 4 NO, 3 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO + 2 NC. Contact gap 3 mm. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12, page J3. XS12-400-230 V Technical data page J7.
J5
XS12-400-12V XS12-400-24V XS12-400-230V XS12-400-12V DC XS12-400-24V DC XS12-310-12V XS12-310-24V XS12-310-230V XS12-310-12V DC XS12-310-24V DC XS12-220-12V XS12-220-24V XS12-220-230V XS12-220-12V DC XS12-220-24V DC
4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO + 2 NC + 2 NC + 2 NC + 2 NC + 2 NC 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A
Switch positions of Electromechanical Impulse Switches
Comparable electronic types

Contacts
1 NO contact
0 1-2 0 1- 2
Type
S09S12-100XS12-100S91-100-
Contacts
1 CO contact
1- 2 1- 3 1- 2
Type
1- 3
S81-001
2 NO contacts
1-2 3-4 0 0
1- 2 3-4
S12-200XS12-200-
2 CO contacts
4-6 1-3 4-5 1- 2
4-6 1- 3
S81-002
4-5 1- 2
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact
3-4 1-2
3-4 1-2
S12-110XS12-110-
1+1 CO contacts
1-2 4-6
1- 2 4-5
1- 3 4-5
SS81-002-
1- 3 4-6
Multicircuit switch 1+1 NO contacts 1-2

1-2 0
3-4
SS12-110-
1+1 CO contacts
1-2 4-6
3-4 1- 2 4-5 1- 2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0
1- 2 4-5
1- 3 4-5
GS81-002-
4 NO contacts
1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0
S12-400XS12-400-
3 NO contacts + 1-2 3-4 1 NC contact

5-6 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8
7-8
S12-310XS12-310-
2 NO contacts + 2 NC contacts 1-2
3-4 7-8
J6
1-2 5-6
3-4 7-8
5-6
S12-220XS12-220-

ES12DX-UC (formerly ES12-100-8..230 V UC) ES12-200-8..230V UC ES12-110-8..230V UC ESR12DDX-UC ES61-8..230V UC ESR61M-8..230V UC replaces terminal compatible the S12-100-, all control voltages replaces terminal compatible the S12-200-, all control voltages replaces terminal compatible the S12-110-, all control voltages replaces the SS12-110-, all control voltages replaces the S91-100-, all control voltages replaces partially S81-, SS81- and GS81-, all control voltages
Technical Data Electromechanical Impulse Switches
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap Spacing of control connections /contact Test voltage contact/contact Test voltage control connections/contact Rated switching capacity Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* shunt-compensated or with EVG* Compact uorescent lamps with EVG* and energy saving lamps ESL HQL and HQI non compensated Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24V DC Life at rated load cos = 1 or incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 at 100/h Max. operating cycles Switch position indication Manual control Maximum conductor cross-section Two conductors of same cross-section Screw head Type of enclosure/terminals
S09/S12
AgSnO2 / 3 mm > 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 16 A/250 V AC 10 A/400 V AC 2300 W 2300 VA 500 VA I on 140 A/10 ms 2) 500 W 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h yes yes 6 mm
2
S91/S81/SS81/GS81
AgSnO2 / 2 mm > 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 10 A/250 V AC 6 A/400 V AC 2300 W 2300 VA 500 VA I on 70 A/10 ms 2) 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h yes yes 4 mm
2
XS12
AgSnO2 / 3 mm 1) > 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 25 A/250 V AC 16 A/400 V AC 2300 W 3600 VA 1000 VA I on 140 A/10 ms 2) 500 W 12 A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h yes yes 6 mm2 2.5 mm2 slotted /crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
2.5 mm2 slotted /crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
1.5 mm2 slotted /crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
Solenoid
Time on at rated voltage 1- and 2-pole, without S09 100% 3) Time on at rated voltage 4-pole as well as S09 Max./ min. temperature at mounting location Control voltage range Coil power loss AC+ DC 20 % Min. command duration Max. parallel capacitance (length) of single control lead at 230 V AC Max. voltage induced at the control inputs impulse control +50C/-5C 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 1- and 2-pole 5 - 6 W; 3- and 4-pole 12 - 15 W 50 ms 0.06 F (approx. 200 m) 0.2 x rated voltage 100 % 3) +50C/-5C 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 5W 50 ms 0.06 F (approx. 200 m) 0.2 x rated voltage 5 mA 10 mA 15 mA 100 % 3) impulse control +50C/-5C 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 1- and 2-pole 5 - 6 W; 3- and 4-pole 12 - 15 W 50 ms 0.06 F (approx. 200 m) 0.2 x rated voltage 5 mA 10 mA 15 mA
J7
Glow lamps in parallel with the 230 V control switches 5 mA With 1F/250 V AC capacitor in parallel with coil With 2.2F/250 V AC capacitor in parallel with coil 10 mA 15 mA

1) 2)
3)
Contact spacing of NC contacts 1.2 mm. A 40-fold inrush current must be calculated for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. Product group G, page G3. Whenever several impulse switches are continuously energised make sure there is adequate ventilation as a function of the calculated power loss and, in addition, a ventilation clearance of approx. half a module. Use the DS12 spacer as necessary.
Compliance with: EN 60 669
Electromechanical Switching Relays and Installation Contactors
Switching relays R12 Switching relays R91 and R81 Installation contactors 25 A XR12 Technical data
Pole Position R
K2 K3 K4 K5
1-, 2- and 4-pole Electromechanical Switching Relays R12

R12-100-/200-/110-/0201- and 2-pole, 16 A/250 V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. 100% time on. Control power demand 1.9 W. Contacts: 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO a+ 1 NC, 2 NC (closed-circuit current relay, 230 V only). Contact gap 3 mm. Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connections/contact test voltage 4000 V. 25A devices XR12, page K4. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12, page J3. R12-110-230 V * Non-standard control voltages: 42, 48, 60, 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC. Technical data page K5.
R12-100-12V R12-100-230V R12-100-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC R12-100-* R12-200-12V R12-200-230V R12-200-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC R12-200-* R12-110-12V R12-110-230V R12-110-8V, 24V, 12V DC, 24V DC R12-110-* R12-020-230V
1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 2 NO 16 A 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A
EAN 4010312200421 EAN 4010312200445
21,30 /pc. 21,30 /pc. 23,00 /pc. 24,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 28,50 /pc. 30,60 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 28,50 /pc. 30,60 /pc. 26,70 /pc.
EAN 4010312200506 EAN 4010312200520
EAN 4010312200469 EAN 4010312200483
EAN 4010312201572
R12-400-/310-/2204-pole, 16 A /250V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 55 mm deep. 100 % time on. Control power demand 4 W. Contacts: 4 NO, 3 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO + 2 NC. Contact gap 3 mm. Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connections/contact test voltage 4000 V. 25 A devices XR12, page K4. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12, page J3.
K2
R12-400-230 V
* Non-standard control voltages: 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60 and 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC.
Technical data page K5.
R12-400-230V R12-400-* R12-310-230V R12-310-* R12-220-230V R12-220-*
4 NO 16 A 4 NO 16 A 3 NO + 1 NC 16 A 3 NO + 1 NC 16 A 2 NO + 2 NC 16 A 2 NO + 2 NC 16 A
EAN 4010312200643 EAN 4010312200605 EAN 4010312200568
40,70 /pc. 46,80 /pc. 40,70 /pc. 46,80 /pc. 40,70 /pc. 46,80 /pc.
1- or 2-pole Electromechanical Switching Relays R91 and R81

R91-1001 NO contact 10 A /250V AC
Built-in devices for installation and surface mounting. 50 mm long, 26 mm wide, 32 mm deep. Time on 100%. Control power demand 4-5W. Contact gap 2 mm. Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connection/contact test voltage 4000 V. * Non-standard control voltages: 8, 24, 42, 48, 60 and 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC.
R91-100-230 V
R91-100-12V R91-100-230V R91-100-*
1 NO 10 A 1 NO 10 A 1 NO 10 A
EAN 4010312203101 EAN 4010312203125
22,00 /pc. 22,00 /pc. 25,60 /pc.
R81-001-/0021 or 2 CO contacts 10 A /250V AC

Built-in devices for installation and surface mounting. 50 mm long, 42 mm wide, 32 mm deep. Time on 100%. Control power demand 5-5.5 W. Contact gap 2 mm. Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connection/contact test voltage 4000 V. R81-002-230 V * Non-standard control voltages: 8, 24, 42, 48, 60 and 110 V/50 Hz or 110, 115, 127 and 220 V/60 Hz as well as 6, 8, 12, 24, 42, 48, 60, 110 and 220 V DC.
R81-001-12V R81-001-230V R81-001-* R81-002-12V R81-002-230V R81-002-*
1 CO 10 A 1 CO 10 A 1 CO 10 A 2 CO 10 A 2 CO 10 A 2 CO 10 A
EAN 4010312203064 EAN 4010312203088 EAN 4010312203026 EAN 4010312203040
21,90 /pc. 21,90 /pc. 25,40 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 26,70 /pc. 30,60 /pc.
K3

ER12DX-UC (formerly ER12-100-8..230V UC) replaces terminal compatible the R12-100-, all control voltages ER12-200-8..230V UC ER12-110-8..230V UC ER61-8..230V UC ESR61M-8..230V UC replaces terminal compatible the R12-200-, all control voltages replaces terminal compatible the R12-110-, all control voltages replaces the R91-100-, all control voltages replaces partially the R81, all control voltages
1-, 2- and 4- pole 25 A Electromechanical Installation Contactors XR12

XR12-100-/200-/1101- and 2-pole, 25 A/250 V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. 1 module = 18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. 100% time on. Control power demand 1.9 W. Contacts 1 NO, 2 NO, 1 NO + 1 NC. Contact gap 3 mm. Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connection/contact test voltage 4000 V. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12, page J3. Technical data page K5.
XR12-110-230 V
XR12-100-12V XR12-100-24V XR12-100-230V XR12-100-12V DC XR12-100-24V DC XR12-200-12V XR12-200-24V XR12-200-230V XR12-200-12V DC XR12-200-24V DC XR12-110-12V XR12-110-24V XR12-110-230V XR12-110-12V DC XR12-110-24V DC
1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 1 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 2 NO 25 A 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NC 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A
XR12-400-/310-/2204-pole, 25 A/250 V AC
Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting with manual control and switch position indicator. 2 modules = 36 mm wide, 55 mm deep. 100% time on. Control power demand 4 W. Contacts: 4 NO, 3 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO + 2 NC. Contact gap 3 mm. Contact/contact test voltage 2000 V and control connection/contact test voltage 4000 V. Retrottable auxiliary contact KM12, page J3. XR12-400-230 V Technical data page K5.
K4
XR12-400-12V XR12-400-24V XR12-400-230V XR12-400-12V DC XR12-400-24V DC XR12-310-12V XR12-310-24V XR12-310-230V XR12-310-12V DC XR12-310-24V DC XR12-220-12V XR12-220-24V XR12-220-230V XR12-220-12V DC XR12-220-24V DC
4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 4 NO 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 3 NO + 1 NC 25 A 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO + 2 NC 25 A + 2 NC 25 A + 2 NC 25 A + 2 NC 25 A + 2 NC 25 A
Technical Data Electromechanical Switching Relays and Installation Contactors
Contacts
Contact material/contact gap Spacing of control connections /contact Test voltage contact/contact Test voltage control connections/contact Rated switching capacity Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 1) 230 V Fluorescent lamp load with KVG* in lead-lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load wih KVG* shunt-compensated or with EVG* Compact uorescent lamps with EVG* and energy saving lamps ESL HQL and HQI non compensated Max. switching current DC1: 12 V/24V DC Life at rated load, cos = 1 or incandescent lamps 1000 W at 100/h Life at rated load, cos = 0.6 at 100/h Max. operating cycles Closing time Opening time Switch position indication Manual control Maximum conductor cross-section Two conductors of same cross-section Screw head Type of enclosure / terminals
R12
AgSnO2 / 3 mm > 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 16 A/250 V AC 10 A/400 V AC 2300 W 2300 VA 500 VA I on 140 A/10 ms 2) 500 W 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h 10-20 ms 5-15 ms yes yes 6 mm2 2.5 mm2 slotted/crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
R81/ R91
AgSnO2 / 2 mm > 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 10 A/250 V AC 6 A/400 V AC 2300 W 2300 VA 500 VA I on 70 A/10 ms 2) 8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h 10-20 ms 5-15 ms yes yes 4 mm2 1.5 mm2 slotted/crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
XR12
AgSnO2 / 3 mm 1) > 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 25 A/250 V AC 16 A/400 V AC 2300 W 3600 VA 1000 VA I on 140 A/10 ms 2) 500 W 12 A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103 /h 10-20 ms 5-15 ms yes yes 6 mm2 2.5 mm2 slotted/crosshead, pozidriv IP50 / IP20
Solenoid System
Time on Max./min. temperature at mounting location Control voltage range Coil power loss AC+DC 20 % Total power loss with continous excitation at rated voltage and rated contact load Max. parallel capacitance (length) of control lead Max. voltage induced at the control inputs 100% 3) +50C/-5C 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 1- and 2-pole 1.9 W 4-pole 4W 1- pole 4W, 2-pole 6 W 4-pole 12 W 0.06 F (approx. 200 m) 0.2 x rated voltage 100 % 3) +50C/-5C 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage R81: 5 W R91: 2.5 W 1-pole 7 W 2-pole 9 W 0.06 F (approx. 200 m) 0.2 x rated voltage 100 % 3) +50C/-5C 0.9 to 1.1 x rated voltage 1- and 2-pole 1.9 W 4-pole 4W 1- pole 4W, 2-pole 6 W 4-pole 12 W 0.06 F (approx. 200 m) 0.2 x rated voltage
K5

1) 2)
3)
Contact spacing of NC contacts 1.2 mm. A 40-fold inrush current has to be calculated for electronic ballast devices. For steady loads of 1200 W or 600 W use the current-limiting relay SBR12 or SBR61. Product group G, page G8. Whenever several impulse switches are continuously energised make sure there is adequate ventilation as a function of the calculated power loss.
Compliance with: EN 60 669
ON/OFF Switches, Momentary-contact Switches, Group Switches and Indicator Lights
ON/OFF switches A12, AF12 and AK12 Momentary-contact switches T12, TK12, DT12 and ZT12 Group switches G12, indicator lights K12
The Wide Variety

L0 L1 L2
ON/OFF Switches A12, AF12 and AK12

A12-100-16 A
ON/OFF switch, 1 NO contact 16 A / 250 V AC.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 3 mm. Test voltage 4000 V. With red/green position indicator. ON/OFF buttons are blue.
A12-100-16A
1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312700815
12,40 /pc.
AF12-100-23 0 V
ON/OFF switch, 1 NO contact 16 A /250 V AC with integrated indicator light 230 V.
Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 3 mm. Test voltage 4000 V. With red/green position indicator. With integrated red LED behind semi-translucent white spherical cap (OFF button), operating voltage 230 V. Internally connected to terminal 2 of the 16 A NO contact. The ON button is blue.
AF12-100-230V
1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312700808
24,70 /pc.
A12-001-/002-16 A
ON/OFF switches, with 1 or 2 CO contacts 16 A /250 V AC.
Modular devices for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 3 mm. Test voltage 4000 V. The changeover buttons are blue.
A12-001-16 A
A12-001-16A A12-002-16A
1 CO 16 A 2 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312700822 EAN 4010312700839
17,50 /pc. 24,90 /pc.
AK12-001/002-230V-Fu
ON/OFF switches with one indicator light and 1 or 2 CO contacts.
L0
Modular devices for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 3 mm. Test voltage 4000 V. With one LED connected in oating mode, in the colours: blue, red, green, white and in the operating voltage 110-230 V AC, 10%. The colour of the spherical cap is always the same as the LED. 1) Fu = Colour of spherical cap base.
AK12-001-230 V-green
AK12-001-230V-Fu 1) AK12-002-230V-Fu 1)
1 CO 16 A 2 CO 16 A
31,10 /pc. 39,80 /pc.
Momentary-contact Switches T12, TK12, DT12 and ZT12

T12-100-16 A-Fu, T12-001-16 A-Fu and T12-002-16 A-blue
Momentary-contact switches 1 NO contact, 1 or 2 CO contacts 16 A /250 V AC.
T12-100-16 A-blue Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 3 mm. Test voltage 4000 V. The button of the T12-100-16 A and T12-001-16 A is available in one of the following colours: blue, black, red, green or white, the rest are blue. 1) Fu = Colour of spherical cap base.
T12-100-16A-blue T12-100-16A-black T12-100-16A-red T12-100-16A-green T12-100-16A-yellow T12-100-16A-white T12-001-16A-Fu1) T12-002-16A-blue
1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 NO 16 A 1 CO 16 A 2 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312700846 EAN 4010312701089 EAN 4010312700969 EAN 4010312701263 EAN 4010312701270 EAN 4010312701287 EAN 4010312700860
13,20 /pc. 13,20 /pc. 13,20 /pc. 13,20 /pc. 13,20 /pc. 13,20 /pc. 18,30 /pc. 26,10 /pc.
TK12-001-230V-Fu, TK12-8..24V UC-Fu and TK12-002-230V-blue

TK12-001-230 V-blue
Momentary-contact switch with one indicator light, 1 or 2 CO contacts 16 A /250 V AC.

Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 3 mm. Test voltage 4000 V. With one LED connected in oating mode, in one of the colours: blue, red, green or white. Operating voltage 10%. The colour of the button is always the same as the LED, the rest is blue.
TK12-001-230V-Fu1) TK12-001-8..24V UC-Fu1) TK12-002-230V-blue
1 CO 16 A 1 CO 16 A 2 CO 16 A
EAN 4010312701010
23,50 /pc. 23,50 /pc. 26,00 /pc.
DT12-110-green/red
DT12-110-green /red
Dual momentary-contact switch, 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact 16 A /250 V AC.

Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 1.2 mm. Test voltage 2000 V. The bottom, green button operates an NO contact and the top, red button operates an NC contact.
DT12-110-green/red
1 NO + 1 NC 16 A
EAN 4010312700884
21,10 /pc.
DT12-200-16 A-blue and ZT12-200-16 A-blue

DT12-200-16 A-blue
Dual momentary-contact switches, 1+1 NO contact 16A /250V AC.

Modular devices for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 1.2 mm. Test voltage 2000 V. The two blue momentary-contact switches operate a changeover contact with neutral position with identical potential. The ZT12 dual momentarycontact switch can be used in particular for manual central control of the shading system and roller blind control. Therefore, the blue momentary-contact switches are marked and .
L1
DT12-200-16A-blue ZT12-200-16A-blue
1 + 1 NO 16 A 1 + 1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312700976 EAN 4010312700877
24,80 /pc. 24,80 /pc.
Group Switch G12 Indicator Light K12

G12-200-16 A
Group switch, 1 + 1 NO contacts 16 A /250 V AC.
Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Contact gap 1.2 mm. Test voltage 2000 V. With three switch positions: manual -0- automatic. The buttons are blue.
G12-200-16A
1 + 1 NO 16 A
EAN 4010312700891
21,10 /pc.
K12-230 V-Fu
Indicator lights
Modular devices for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. With one LED connected in a oating mode, in one of the colours: blue, red, green, yellow or white. Operating voltage 110-230V AC, 10%. The colour of the spherical cap is always the same as the LED. The spherical cap which is not illuminated is blue.
K12-230 V-red
L2
K12-230V-blue K12-230V-red K12-230V-green K12-230V-yellow K12-230V-white Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
EAN 4010312700914 EAN 4010312700921 EAN 4010312700938 EAN 4010312700945 EAN 4010312700952
20,40 /pc. 20,40 /pc. 20,40 /pc. 20,40 /pc. 20,40 /pc.
Accessories
Surface cap K81
For series 81, l x w x h = 60 x 60 x 37mm.
Surface cap K81
EAN 4010312901236
4,70 /pc.
Surface cap K9
For series 91, l x w x h = 60 x 60 x 35 mm.
Surface cap K9
EAN 4010312900734
2,10 /pc.
Spacer DS12
1/2 module wide = 9 mm, to produce and maintain a ventilation clearance for modular devices dissipating much heat, e.g. dimmers from 300 W/400 W and continuously rated electromechanical impulse switches.
Spacer DS12
EAN 4010312900987
1,00 /pc.
Plastic mounting bracket KM1

The KM1 plastic mounting bracket that comes with the device is also available as an individual (accessory) item, e.g. for mounting the light sensor LS.
Plastic mounting bracket KM1
EAN 4010312901311
4,70 /pc.
Socket outlet ST12-16 A

Unverbindliche Preisempfehlung zuzglich gesetzl. MwSt.
Socket outlet 16A as modular device for mounting on DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail or as built-in device. 2,5 modules = 45 mm wide, 55 mm deep.
Z1
ST12-16 A Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.
EAN 4010312700358
15,50 /pc.
Accessories
Sealing cap PK18
For all sealable modular devices of series 12 with one module. Covers the back terminals as well as the latched sliding switch and can be sealed. If necessary two sealing caps can be used, one above and one below.
Sealing cap PK18
EAN 4010312901403
1,00 /pc.
Sealing cap PK36

For single-phase energy meters WSZ12B with 2 modules = 35mm wide and three-phase energy meters without terminal cover clap DSZ12B with 4 modules = 70 mm wide. Covers the terminals and can be sealed. If necessary 1 or 2 sealing caps can be used, one above and one below.
Sealing cap PK36
EAN 4010312901670
1,00 /pc.
Triple RC module RC12-230 V

Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Used to compensate for inductive interference voltages on control leads. Up to three switchgear devices can be interference-suppressed by connection in parallel with the 230 V control inputs.
RC12-230 V
EAN 4010312201596
31,70 /pc.
Housing for operating instructions GBA12

Modular device for DIN-EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting. 1 module =18 mm wide, 55 mm deep. Housing without front panel to insert operating instructions.
Z2
GBA12, Housing for operating BA Recommended retail prices excluding VAT. EAN 4010312901779 1,50 /pc.
Type Table
For Eltako series 11 in comparison with the up-to-date series 12
Devices of series 12, which have not existed in former series and which have still the same type name, are not listed here.
Electronic impulse switches
Series 11 Series 12 Changes Up-to-date ES12DXES12DXES12-110ES12-110ES12-200ES12MES12-4x ES12Z-4x ES12NPES11.2-001ES11.3ES11.4ES11.1ES12.2-001ES12ZES12ZES12.9ESV12ESV12.1ESV12.2PES12.1-8..230V ES11.2-100ES11.2-110ES11.2-200ES12.2-100ES12.2-110ES12.2-200ES12.3-001ES12.4-001ES12.5-001ES12.6-200ES12.7-200ES12.8-200ES12.1-500ES12.1-400ES12Z-4x EGS11.2/.3EGS11.2/.3ESD11-HTESD11-HT1000 W EGS12-200EGS12-200ESD12ESD12.2ESD12.2+ELD12ESD12UF EGS12.1 EGS12.2 ESD12UESD12.2UESD12.2U+EUL12ES12.1-200ES12.1-4xES12.1-200ES12.1-110ES12Z-100ES12.1PES12.1NP ESV12NPESR12DDXESR12DDXESR12Z-4DX ESR12Z-4DXESR12NPES12Z-110ES12Z-200ES12Z-200ESR12NPESR12NPESR12NPEUD12MES12Z-200ES12Z-200ES12Z-200ES12Z-110ES12Z-200ES12Z-110ES12Z-110ES12Z-110ES12Z-200ES12Z-200ES12Z-200ESR12Z-4DXESR12Z-4DXESR12Z-4DXEGS12ZEGS12Z2EUD12NPNEUD12ZEUD12Z+LUD12EUD12F Page A1 A1 A3 A3 A2 A5 A5 A7 A7 A4 A6 A6 A6 A4 A4 A4 B3 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A6 A7 A7 A7 H4 H5 B1 B2 B5 B4 EZ11.1Page G2 G2 G2 G2 G1 EZ11.7-220 V EZ11.7-8V TLZ12.9TLZ12.4PNLZ12NLZ12.1TLZ11-220 V EZ11-220 V TLZ12.0TLZ12.0ETLZ12TLZ12TLZ12.2TLZ12.1TLZ12.3Series 11 NR11-110NR11.1-110Series 12 NR12-001NR12-002NR12-001NR12-002AR12-001-230V AR12NP-230V Changes NR12-110Up-to-date NR12-001NR12-002NR12-001NR12-002AR12DX-230V TLZ12.4TLZ12M TLZ12NP TLZ12ETLZ12-8ETLZ12-8ETLZ12-8ETLZ12-8ETLZ12-8ETLZ12DTLZ12-8ETLZ12M.1 TLZ12DTLZ12-8E-230 V TLZ12D+8..230 V UC TLZ12-9ETLZ12PEUD12MNLZ12NPNLZ12NPD1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D1 D2 D2 D4 B3 D6 D6 ER11-200ER11-002EKR11-001-
Electronic switching relays, control relays and coupling relays

Series 11 ER11-001Series 12 ER12-001ER12-100ER12-200ER12-002EKR12-001ER12PER12NPER12MESR12MChanges Up-to-date ER12-001ER12DXER12-200ER12-002ER12-001EUD12MESR12NPESR12DDXPage C5 C1 C2 C6 C5 B3 C3 C4
ES11-100ES11-110ES11-200-
ES12-8..230 V, 8..24V, 230 V, ES12-10012 V ES12-100ES12-001ES12-110ES12-200ES12-2xESR12MES12-400-
Electromechanical impulse switches

Series 11 S11-100S11-110S11-200SS11-110GS11-110S11-400S11-310S11-220Series 12 S12-100S12-110S12-200SS12-110GS12-110S12-400S12-310S12-220S12.2-, XS12.2S12.3-, XS12.3- ES12Z-4xChanges Up-to-date S12-100S12-110S12-200SS12-110ESR12DDXS12-400S12-310S12-220ES12ZESR12Z-4DXPage J2 J2 J2 J2 A5 J3 J3 J3 A6 A7
Electromechanical switching relays

Series 11 R11-100R11-110R11-200R11-020R11-400R11-310R11-220VR11Series 12 R12-100R12-110R12-200R12-020-230 V R12-400R12-310R12-220VR12Changes Up-to-date R12-100R12-110R12-200R12-020-230 V R12-400R12-310R12-220ER12ESR12Page K2 K2 K2 K2 K2 K2 K2
C2+C5
C3
Staircase time switches, off-delay timers

Series 11 Series 12 Changes Up-to-date Page
Mains monitoring relays and current relays
Type Table
For Eltako series 11 in comparison with the up-to-date series 12
Devices of series 12, which have not existed in former series and which have still the same type name, are not listed here.
Mains disconnecting relays
Series 11 FR11-100Series 12 FR12-100FR12.0Changes FR12.1Up-to-date FR12FR12Page G4 G4
Single-phase energy meters

Series 11 Series 12 WSZ12-20 A WSZ12B-20 A WSZ12-32 A Changes WSZ12E-25 A WSZ12B-25 A Up-to-date WSZ12DE-32 A WSZ12B-32 A WSZ12B-32 A WSZ12B-65 A EWZ12-32 A WSZ12B-65 A WSZ12DE-32 A Page F4 F3 F3 F3 F4
Time relays
Series 11 MFZ11EZ11.2EZ11.3EZ11.4EZ11.5EZ11.6Series 12 MFZ12EZ12.2EZ12.3EZ12.4EZ12.5EZ12EAWEZ12.6EZ12.9Changes MFZ12.1EZ12RVEZ12AVEZ12TIEZ12EWEZ12AWEZ12SRVEZ12ARVDMZ12DZ12.2DZ12.3DZ12.4DZ12.5DZ12.6DZ12.9TI12PDMZ12 DMZ12.1DZ12RVDZ12AVDZ12TIDZ12EWDZ12AWDZ12SRVEUD12MUp-to-date MFZ12DXRVZ12DXAVZ12DXTGI12DXEAW12DXEAW12DXEAW12DXMFZ12DXMFZ12DXMFZ12DDXMFZ12DDXMFZ12DDXMFZ12DDXMFZ12DDXMFZ12DDXMFZ12DDXMFZ12DDXEUD12MPage E2 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E2 E2 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 B3 WSZ12-65 A
Three-phase energy meters

Series 11 Series 12 DSZ12B-3x65 A DSZ12B-T23x65 A EDZ12B-3x65 A EDZ12B-T23x65 A EDZ12WB-5 A EDZ12WS-5 A Changes Up-to-date DSZ12D-3x65 A DSZ12D-3x65 A DSZ12D-3x65 A DSZ12D-3x65 A DSZ12WD-3x5 A DSZ12WD-3x5 A Page F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5
On/off switches, momentary contact switches, indicator lights

Series 11 KS11-100KS11-200Series 12 A12-100A12-100T12-100PK12-3Changes Up-to-date A12-100A12-100T12-100P3K12Page H1 H1 H1 G6
Shading systems and roller shutter control

Series 11 EGS11.2/.3EGS11.2/.3Series 12 EGS12-200EGS12-200USR12-* LSR12MTR12-400 Changes EGS12.1EGS12.2Up-to-date EGS12ZEGS12Z2MSR12LDW12MTR12Page H4 H5 H2 H3 H5
T11-100-
* If controlled only by a LS and/or WS the USR12- can also be replaced by a LDW12-. The MSR12- needs a multi sensor MS12.
For ELTAKO series 8, 9 and 60 in comparsion with the up-to-date series 81, 91 and 61.
Control relays
Series 60 ER60Series 61 ER61Changes Up-to-date ER61Page C7
Impulse switches /Switching relays

Series 9 1S91R9Series 8 Series 91 S91-100R91-100Series 81 S81-001S81-002S81-002SS81-002GS81-002R81-001R81-002R81-002R81-002Changes Changes Up-to-date S91-100R91-100Up-to-date S81-001S81-002S81-002SS81-002GS81-002R81-001R81-002R81-002R81-002Page J4 K3 Page J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 K3 K3 K3 K3
Impulse switches/Staircase time switches/Off-delay timers

Series 60 ES60ES60.1Series 61 ES61ES61.9ESD61EZ60/TLZ60TLZ61TLZ61.1-.4EZ60.2/NLZ60- NLZ61NLZ61.1TLZ61NP8..230 V UC ESV61Changes Up-to-date ES61ESR61NPEUD61NPNTLZ61NP-230 V TLZ61NP230 V+UC NLZ61NLZ61NPPage A8 A8
B10
1S82S8WS8SS8GS81R82R8WR8RR8-
D5 D5 D7 D7
VI
Terms of delivery
Terms of delivery
Deliveries will be made in conformity with "General Conditions for the supply of products and services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry", June 2005. All deliveries are subject to an expanded retention of title and are sold according to our price list at the given time.
VII
Germany
Offices and Sales representatives
International contact addresses

and sales representatives
Fellbach
Eltako Headquarter Hofener Strae 54 70736 Fellbach 0711 94350000 0711 5183740 info@eltako.de kundenservice@eltako.de
Mecklenburg-Vorpommern/ Brandenburg (North)/ Saxony-Anhalt (North)

Klaus-Peter Schmitz 18276 Sarmstorf 03843 215884 03843 215884 0176 13582501 schmitz@eltako.de
Belgium/France
Serelec n.v. B - 9000 Gent +32 9 2234953 +32 9 2254679 info@serelec-nv.be
Netherlands (South)
Representative Dennis Schellenberg NL - 5854 PC Bergen (LB) +31 6 50419067 +31 485 802720 schellenberg@eltako.com
Denmark
SOLAR A/S DK - 6600 Vejen +45 76 961200 +45 76 971279 bora@solar.dk
Austria
EURO UNITECH GmbH A -1230 Wien +43 1 6627250 +43 1 6167506 ofce@eurounitech.at
Baden-Wrttemberg
Klaus Zl 72184 Eutingen-Weitingen 0176 13582510 07457 5732 zoelss@eltako.de
Lower Saxony
Thomas Giesemann 31135 Hildesheim 05121 57205 05121 57275 0176 13582504 giesemann@eltako.de
Gulf area
M/S Golden Sand Trading U.A.E. Dubai +9 71 43595611 +9 71 43595473 vasu2000@emirates.net.ae
Portugal
TEV Lda. Zona Industrial da Maia P - 4470 Maia 1 +35 122 9478170 +35 122 9485164 tev.lda@mail.telepac.pt
Bavaria (North)
Horst Rock 91126 Schwabach 09122 61179 09122 61159 rock@eltako.de
North Rhine-Westphalia (East)

Kay Westphal 44265 Dortmund 0176 13582506 0231 734171 westphal@eltako.de
Great Britain
Rayleigh Instruments Ltd. GB-Essex SS6 7XH +44 1268 749304 +44 1268 745001 sales@rayleigh.co.uk
Sweden (South)
Postkod 20-57+59
Bavaria (South)
Elka Hugo Krischke GmbH 82024 Taufkirchen 089 3090409-0 089 3090409-50 krischke@eltako.de
Representative Jonas Lundquist S - 26433 Klippan +46 073 5815692 jonas@eltako.com
Iceland
Reykjafell Ltd. IS -125 Reykjavik Iceland +35 4 5886010 +35 4 5886088 reykjafell@reykjafell.is
Sweden (North)
Postkod 82-98
Berlin/Brandenburg/ Saxony (East)

Olaf Knobel 15746 Gro-Kris 033766 21240 033766 21241 0176 13582503 knobel@eltako.de
North Rhine-Westphalia (West)

Paul Frieg 46395 Bocholt 0176 13582507 02871 310988 frieg@eltako.de
Representative Poppe Hedlund S - 93236 Ursviken +46 070 3669970 poppe@eltako.com
Israel
Avital B.S. Ltd Il - Holon +97 23 5587717 +97 23 5587720 avitalbs@zahav.net.il
Switzerland
Demelectric AG CH - 8954 Geroldswil +41 43 4554400 +41 43 4554411 info@demelectric.ch
Rhineland-Palatinate/Saarland
Rainer Brilmayer 55411 Bingen 0176 13582516 brilmayer@eltako.de
Hamburg/Schl.-Holstein/Bremen
Gunnar Wetteborn 25355 Barmstedt 0176 13582502 04123 6834673 wetteborn@eltako.de
Italy
Representative Tommaso Scrofani I - 64025 Pineto TE +39 085 4167364 +39 085 9491796 +39 347 3774888 scrofani@eltako.com
Spain
Representative Thomas Klassmann E - 08397 PINEDA/Poble Nou +34 93 7692419 +34 93 7660119 +34 650 959702 klassmann@eltako.com
Hesse
Carsten Hasenau 36041 Fulda 0661 48017939 0661 48017940 0176 13582522 hasenau@eltako.de
Thuringia/Saxony (West)/ Saxony-Anhalt (South)

Andreas Misch 39240 Calbe/Saale 0176 13582505 039291 72132 misch@eltako.de
Luxembourg
A.R. TECH. S.A. L - 2453 Luxemburg +35 2 493333 +35 2 402634 com@artech.lu
South Africa
Innomatic (Pty) Ltd - Franz Marktl Z A - Midrand +27 11 8400840 sales@innomatic.co.za
Technical support: +49 176 13582514 +49 711 94350002 Export Sales Manager: +49 711 94350005
Netherlands (North)
Czech Republic
Representative Peter Loueck CZ- 40011 st nad Labem +420 475 621132 +420 475 621185 +420 724 175676 louzecky@eltako.com
thuente@eltako.de technik-beratung1@eltako.de export@eltako.de
Representative Hans Oving NL - 7701 TE Dedemsvaart +31 523 616688 +31 523 616607 +31 6 21816115 oving@eltako.com
Eltako GmbH
Hofener Strae 54, D-70736 Fellbach +49 711 94350000 +49 711 5183740 info@eltako.de www.eltako.de

ELTAKO

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ELTAKO

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

19492009

Products and prices 2010

Switching on the future

Universal dimmer switches; also capacity enhancer, 1-10V controller

Electronic switching relays, control relays and coupling relays

Staircase time switches and off-delay timers

Time relays and multifunction time relays

Shading systems and roller shutter control

Electromechanical impulse switches

Electromechanical switching relays, control relays and installation contactors

ON/OFF switches, momentary-contact switches, group switches and indicator lights

Installation accessories and terms of delivery

Key to type identification Key to abbreviations

Number of CO contacts Number of NC contacts Number of NO contacts

M = multifunction NP = NP series Z = central control DX = Duplex technology

Group B H H H E D G Z K E J G B I L+Z B H+L E D I H F K J H+L

Electronic Impulse Switches

The Silent Revolution

Selection Table Electronic Impulse Switches

The silent revolution

ESR61M-8..230 V UC 1+1 3) 2 1-2

Impulse Switch ES12DX

or control voltage 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA

If N is connected, the zero passage switching is active.

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Impulse Switch ES12-200

or control voltage 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Impulse Switch ES12-110

or control voltage 230 V with glow lamp current up to 5 mA

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Impulse Switch with integrated relay function* ESR12NP

Function rotary switches

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

If N is connected, the zero passage switching is active.

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Function rotary switches

Standard setting ex factory. Typical connection

Technical data page A11.

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

4-fold Impulse Switch with integrated relay function ESR12Z-4DX-UC

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Impulse Switch ES12-230 V

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Technical data page A11.

Function rotary switches

Standard setting ex factory. Typical connection

Technical data page A11.

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Function rotary switches

Technical data page A11.

For lamps with 150W max.

Recommended retail prices excluding VAT.

Technical Data Electronic Impulse Switches, also for central control

ES12-230 V ES61 a) ESR12DDX b) ES12Z b) b) ESR12Z-4DX ESR61M a)

AgSnO2 / 0.5 mm 3 mm 6 mm 2000 V 4000 V 10A/250V AC 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA 15 x 7 W 10 x 20 W

10A/250V AC 10A/250V AC 1000 W 500 VA 250 VA I on 35 A / 10 ms 2) 2000 W 1000 VA 500 VA I on 70 A / 10 ms 2)

> 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h 6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)

8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h 6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)

> 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h

8A > 10 5 > 4 x 10 4 103/h

> 10 5 > 4 x10 4 103/h 4 mm2 1.5 mm2

6 mm (4 mm2) 2.5 mm2 (1.5 mm2)